1        FITSIO - An Interface to FITS Format Files for Fortran Programmers
2
3                    William D Pence, HEASARC, NASA/GSFC
4                              Version 3.0
5
6
7[Note: This file contains various formatting command symbols in the first
8column which are used when generating the LATeX version of this document.]
9
10*I.  Introduction
11
12This document describes the Fortran-callable subroutine interface that
13is provided as part of the CFITSIO library (which is written in ANSI
14C).  This is a companion document to the CFITSIO User's Guide which
15should be consulted for further information about the underlying
16CFITSIO library.  In the remainder of this document, the terms FITSIO
17and CFITSIO are interchangeable and refer to the same library.
18
19FITSIO/CFITSIO is a machine-independent library of routines for reading
20and writing data files in the FITS (Flexible Image Transport System)
21data format.  It can also read IRAF format image files and raw binary
22data arrays by converting them on the fly into a virtual FITS format
23file.  This library was written to provide a powerful yet simple
24interface for accessing FITS files which will run on most commonly used
25computers and workstations. FITSIO supports all the features described
26in the official definition of the FITS format and can read and
27write all the currently defined types of extensions, including ASCII
28tables (TABLE), Binary tables (BINTABLE) and IMAGE extensions. The
29FITSIO subroutines insulate the programmer from having to deal with the
30complicated formatting details in the FITS file, however, it is assumed
31that users have a general knowledge about the structure and usage of
32FITS files.
33
34The CFITSIO package was initially developed by the HEASARC (High Energy
35Astrophysics Science Archive Research Center) at the NASA Goddard Space
36Flight Center to convert various existing and newly acquired
37astronomical data sets into FITS format and to further analyze data
38already in FITS format.  New features continue to be added to CFITSIO
39in large part due to contributions of ideas or actual code from users
40of the package.  The Integral Science Data Center in Switzerland, and
41the XMM/ESTEC project in The Netherlands made especially significant
42contributions that resulted in many of the new features that appeared
43in v2.0 of CFITSIO.
44
45The latest version of the CFITSIO source code, documentation, and
46example programs are available on the World-Wide Web or via anonymous
47ftp from:
48-
49        http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/fitsio
50        ftp://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/software/fitsio/c
51-
52\newpage
53Any questions, bug reports, or suggested enhancements related to the CFITSIO
54package should be sent to the FTOOLS Help Desk at the HEASARC:
55-
56        http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/cgi-bin/ftoolshelp
57-
58
59This User's Guide assumes that readers already have a general
60understanding of the definition and structure of FITS format files.
61Further information about FITS formats is available from the FITS Support
62Office at {\tt http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov}.  In particular, the
63'FITS Standard' gives the authoritative definition of the FITS data
64format.  Other documents available at that Web site
65provide additional historical background
66and practical advice on using FITS files.
67
68The HEASARC also provides a very sophisticated FITS file analysis
69program called `Fv' which can be used to display and edit the contents
70of any FITS file as well as construct new FITS files from scratch.
71Fv is freely available for
72most Unix platforms, Mac PCs, and Windows PCs.
73CFITSIO users may also be interested in the FTOOLS package of programs
74that can be used to manipulate and analyze FITS format files.
75Fv and FTOOLS are available from their respective Web sites at:
76-
77        http://fv.gsfc.nasa.gov
78        http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/ftools
79-
80
81
82*II.  Creating FITSIO/CFITSIO
83
84**A.  Building the Library
85
86To use the FITSIO subroutines one must first build the CFITSIO library,
87which requires a C compiler. gcc is ideal, or most other ANSI-C
88compilers will also work.  The CFITSIO code is contained in about 40 C
89source files (*.c) and header files (*.h). On VAX/VMS systems 2
90assembly-code files (vmsieeed.mar and vmsieeer.mar) are also needed.
91
92The Fortran interface subroutines to the C CFITSIO routines are located
93in the f77\_wrap1.c, through f77\_wrap4.c files.  These are relatively simple
94'wrappers' that translate the arguments in the Fortran subroutine into
95the appropriate format for the corresponding C routine.  This
96translation is performed transparently to the user by a set of C macros
97located in the cfortran.h file.  Unfortunately cfortran.h does not
98support every combination of C and Fortran compilers so the Fortran
99interface is not supported on all platforms. (see further notes below).
100
101A standard combination of C and Fortran compilers will be assumed by
102default, but one may also specify a particular Fortran compiler by
103doing:
104-
105 >  setenv CFLAGS -DcompilerName=1
106-
107(where 'compilerName' is the name of the compiler) before running
108the configure command.  The currently recognized compiler
109names are:
110-
111 g77Fortran
112 IBMR2Fortran
113 CLIPPERFortran
114 pgiFortran
115 NAGf90Fortran
116 f2cFortran
117 hpuxFortran
118 apolloFortran
119 sunFortran
120 CRAYFortran
121 mipsFortran
122 DECFortran
123 vmsFortran
124 CONVEXFortran
125 PowerStationFortran
126 AbsoftUNIXFortran
127 AbsoftProFortran
128 SXFortran
129-
130Alternatively, one may edit the CFLAGS line in the Makefile to add the
131'-DcompilerName' flag after running the './configure' command.
132
133The CFITSIO library is built on Unix systems by typing:
134-
135 >  ./configure [--prefix=/target/installation/path]
136                [--enable-sse2] [--enable-ssse3]
137 >  make          (or  'make shared')
138 >  make install  (this step is optional)
139-
140at the operating system prompt.  The configure command customizes the
141Makefile for the particular system, then the `make' command compiles the
142source files and builds the library.  Type `./configure' and not simply
143`configure' to ensure that the configure script in the current directory
144is run and not some other system-wide configure script.  The optional
145'prefix' argument to configure gives the path to the directory where
146the CFITSIO library and include files should be installed via the later
147'make install' command. For example,
148-
149   > ./configure --prefix=/usr1/local
150-
151will cause the 'make install' command to copy the CFITSIO libcfitsio file
152to /usr1/local/lib and the necessary include files to /usr1/local/include
153(assuming of course that the  process has permission to write to these
154directories).
155
156The optional --enable-sse2 and --enable-ssse3 flags will cause configure to
157attempt to build CFITSIO using faster byte-swapping algorithms.
158See the "Optimizing Programs" section of this manual for
159more information about these options.
160
161By default, the Makefile will be configured to build the set of Fortran-callable
162wrapper routines whose calling sequences are described later in this
163document.
164
165The 'make shared' option builds a shared or dynamic version of the
166CFITSIO library.  When using the shared library the executable code is
167not copied into your program at link time and instead the program
168locates the necessary library code at run time, normally through
169LD\_LIBRARY\_PATH or some other method. The advantages of using a shared
170library are:
171-
172   1.  Less disk space if you build more than 1 program
173   2.  Less memory if more than one copy of a program using the shared
174       library is running at the same time since the system is smart
175       enough to share copies of the shared library at run time.
176   3.  Possibly easier maintenance since a new version of the shared
177       library can be installed without relinking all the software
178       that uses it (as long as the subroutine names and calling
179       sequences remain unchanged).
180   4.  No run-time penalty.
181-
182The disadvantages are:
183-
184   1. More hassle at runtime.  You have to either build the programs
185      specially or have LD_LIBRARY_PATH set right.
186   2. There may be a slight start up penalty, depending on where you are
187      reading the shared library and the program from and if your CPU is
188      either really slow or really heavily loaded.
189-
190
191On HP/UX systems, the environment variable CFLAGS should be set
192to -Ae before running configure to enable "extended ANSI" features.
193
194It may not be possible to statically link programs that use CFITSIO on
195some platforms (namely, on Solaris 2.6) due to the network drivers
196(which provide FTP and HTTP access to FITS files).  It is possible to
197make both a dynamic and a static version of the CFITSIO library, but
198network file access will not be possible using the static version.
199
200On VAX/VMS and ALPHA/VMS systems the make\_gfloat.com command file may
201be executed to build the cfitsio.olb object library using the default
202G-floating point option for double variables.  The make\_dfloat.com and
203make\_ieee.com files may be used instead to build the library with the
204other floating point options. Note that the getcwd function that is
205used in the group.c module may require that programs using CFITSIO be
206linked with the ALPHA\$LIBRARY:VAXCRTL.OLB library.  See the example
207link line in the next section of this document.
208
209On Windows IBM-PC type platforms the situation is more complicated
210because of the wide variety of Fortran compilers that are available and
211because of the inherent complexities of calling the CFITSIO C routines
212from Fortran.  Two different versions of the CFITSIO dll library are
213available, compiled with the Borland C++ compiler and the Microsoft
214Visual C++ compiler, respectively, in the files
215cfitsiodll\_2xxx\_borland.zip and cfitsiodll\_3xxx\_vcc.zip, where
216'3xxx' represents the current release number.  Both these dll libraries
217contain a set of Fortran wrapper routines which may be compatible with
218some, but probably not all, available Fortran compilers.  To test if
219they are compatible, compile the program testf77.f and try linking to
220these dll libraries.  If these libraries do not work with a particular
221Fortran compiler, then it may be necessary to modify the file
222"cfortran.h" to support that particular
223combination of C and Fortran compilers, and then rebuild the CFITSIO
224dll library.  This will require, however, some expertise in
225mixed language programming.
226
227CFITSIO should be compatible with most current ANCI C and C++ compilers:
228Cray supercomputers are currently not supported.
229
230**B.  Testing the Library
231
232The CFITSIO library should be tested by building and running
233the testprog.c program that is included with the release.
234On Unix systems type:
235-
236    % make testprog
237    % testprog > testprog.lis
238    % diff testprog.lis testprog.out
239    % cmp testprog.fit testprog.std
240-
241 On VMS systems,
242(assuming cc is the name of the C compiler command), type:
243-
244    $ cc testprog.c
245    $ link testprog, cfitsio/lib, alpha$library:vaxcrtl/lib
246    $ run testprog
247-
248The testprog program should produce a FITS file called `testprog.fit'
249that is identical to the `testprog.std' FITS file included with this
250release.  The diagnostic messages (which were piped to the file
251testprog.lis in the Unix example) should be identical to the listing
252contained in the file testprog.out.  The 'diff' and 'cmp' commands
253shown above should not report any differences in the files.  (There
254may be some minor formatting differences, such as the presence or
255absence of leading zeros, or 3 digit exponents in numbers,
256which can be ignored).
257
258The Fortran wrappers in CFITSIO may be tested with the testf77
259program.  On Unix systems the fortran compilation and link command
260may be called 'f77' or 'g77', depending on the system.
261-
262   % f77 -o testf77 testf77.f -L. -lcfitsio -lnsl -lsocket
263 or
264   % f77 -f -o testf77 testf77.f -L. -lcfitsio    (under SUN O/S)
265 or
266   % f77 -o testf77 testf77.f -Wl,-L. -lcfitsio -lm -lnsl -lsocket (HP/UX)
267 or
268   % g77 -o testf77 -s testf77.f -lcfitsio -lcc_dynamic -lncurses (Mac OS-X)
269
270   % testf77 > testf77.lis
271   % diff testf77.lis testf77.out
272   % cmp testf77.fit testf77.std
273-
274On machines running SUN O/S, Fortran programs must be compiled with the
275'-f' option to force double precision variables to be aligned on 8-byte
276boundaries to make the fortran-declared variables compatible with C.  A
277similar compiler option may be required on other platforms.  Failing to
278use this option may cause the program to crash on FITSIO routines that
279read or write double precision variables.
280
281On Windows platforms, linking Fortran programs with a C library
282often depends on the particular compilers involved.  Some users have
283found the following commands work when using the Intel Fortran compiler:
284-
285ifort /libs.dll cfitsio.lib /MD testf77.f /Gm
286
287or possibly,
288
289ifort /libs:dll cfitsio.lib /MD /fpp /extfpp:cfortran.h,fitsio.h
290    /iface:cvf testf77.f
291-
292Also note that on some systems the output listing of the testf77
293program may differ slightly from the testf77.std template if leading
294zeros are not printed by default before the decimal point when using F
295format.
296
297A few other utility  programs are included with CFITSIO:
298-
299    speed - measures the maximum throughput (in MB per second)
300              for writing and reading FITS files with CFITSIO
301
302    listhead - lists all the header keywords in any FITS file
303
304    fitscopy - copies any FITS file (especially useful in conjunction
305                 with the CFITSIO's extended input filename syntax)
306
307    cookbook - a sample program that performs common read and
308                 write operations on a FITS file.
309
310    iter_a, iter_b, iter_c - examples of the CFITSIO iterator routine
311-
312
313The first 4 of these utility programs can be compiled and linked by typing
314-
315   %  make program_name
316-
317
318**C.  Linking Programs with FITSIO
319
320When linking applications software with the FITSIO library, several system libraries usually need to be specified on the link command line.  On
321Unix systems, the most reliable way to determine what libraries are required
322is to type 'make testprog' and see what libraries the configure script has
323added.  The typical libraries that may need to be added are -lm (the math
324library) and -lnsl and -lsocket (needed only for FTP and HTTP file access).
325These latter 2 libraries are not needed on VMS and Windows platforms,
326because FTP file access is not currently supported on those platforms.
327
328Note that when upgrading to a newer version of CFITSIO it is usually
329necessary to recompile, as well as relink, the programs that use CFITSIO,
330because the definitions in fitsio.h often change.
331
332**D.  Getting Started with FITSIO
333
334In order to effectively use the FITSIO library as quickly as possible,
335it is recommended that new users follow these steps:
336
3371.  Read the following `FITS Primer' chapter for a brief
338overview of the structure of FITS files.  This is especially important
339for users who have not previously dealt with the FITS table and image
340extensions.
341
3422.  Write a simple program to read or write a FITS file using the Basic
343Interface routines.
344
3453.  Refer to the cookbook.f program that is included with this release
346for examples of routines that perform various common FITS file
347operations.
348
3494. Read Chapters 4 and 5 to become familiar with the conventions and
350advanced features of the FITSIO interface.
351
3525.  Scan through the more extensive set of routines that are provided
353in the `Advanced Interface'.  These routines perform more specialized
354functions than are provided by the Basic Interface routines.
355
356**E.  Example Program
357
358The following listing shows an example of how to use the FITSIO
359routines in a Fortran program.  Refer to the cookbook.f program that
360is included with the FITSIO distribution for examples of other
361FITS programs.
362-
363      program writeimage
364
365C     Create a FITS primary array containing a 2-D image
366
367      integer status,unit,blocksize,bitpix,naxis,naxes(2)
368      integer i,j,group,fpixel,nelements,array(300,200)
369      character filename*80
370      logical simple,extend
371
372      status=0
373C     Name of the FITS file to be created:
374      filename='ATESTFILE.FITS'
375
376C     Get an unused Logical Unit Number to use to create the FITS file
377      call ftgiou(unit,status)
378
379C     create the new empty FITS file
380      blocksize=1
381      call ftinit(unit,filename,blocksize,status)
382
383C     initialize parameters about the FITS image (300 x 200 16-bit integers)
384      simple=.true.
385      bitpix=16
386      naxis=2
387      naxes(1)=300
388      naxes(2)=200
389      extend=.true.
390
391C     write the required header keywords
392      call ftphpr(unit,simple,bitpix,naxis,naxes,0,1,extend,status)
393
394C     initialize the values in the image with a linear ramp function
395      do j=1,naxes(2)
396          do i=1,naxes(1)
397              array(i,j)=i+j
398          end do
399      end do
400
401C     write the array to the FITS file
402      group=1
403      fpixel=1
404      nelements=naxes(1)*naxes(2)
405      call ftpprj(unit,group,fpixel,nelements,array,status)
406
407C     write another optional keyword to the header
408      call ftpkyj(unit,'EXPOSURE',1500,'Total Exposure Time',status)
409
410C     close the file and free the unit number
411      call ftclos(unit, status)
412      call ftfiou(unit, status)
413      end
414-
415
416**F.  Legal Stuff
417
418Copyright (Unpublished--all rights reserved under the copyright laws of
419the United States), U.S. Government as represented by the Administrator
420of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration.  No copyright is
421claimed in the United States under Title 17, U.S. Code.
422
423Permission to freely use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
424and its documentation without fee is hereby granted, provided that this
425copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty appears in all copies.
426
427DISCLAIMER:
428
429THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED 'AS IS' WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
430EITHER EXPRESSED, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
431ANY WARRANTY THAT THE SOFTWARE WILL CONFORM TO SPECIFICATIONS, ANY
432IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
433PURPOSE, AND FREEDOM FROM INFRINGEMENT, AND ANY WARRANTY THAT THE
434DOCUMENTATION WILL CONFORM TO THE SOFTWARE, OR ANY WARRANTY THAT THE
435SOFTWARE WILL BE ERROR FREE.  IN NO EVENT SHALL NASA BE LIABLE FOR ANY
436DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR
437CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, ARISING OUT OF, RESULTING FROM, OR IN ANY WAY
438CONNECTED WITH THIS SOFTWARE, WHETHER OR NOT BASED UPON WARRANTY,
439CONTRACT, TORT , OR OTHERWISE, WHETHER OR NOT INJURY WAS SUSTAINED BY
440PERSONS OR PROPERTY OR OTHERWISE, AND WHETHER OR NOT LOSS WAS SUSTAINED
441FROM, OR AROSE OUT OF THE RESULTS OF, OR USE OF, THE SOFTWARE OR
442SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER."
443
444**G.  Acknowledgments
445
446The development of many of the powerful features in CFITSIO was made
447possible through collaborations with many people or organizations from
448around the world.  The following, in particular, have made especially
449significant contributions:
450
451Programmers from the Integral Science Data Center, Switzerland (namely,
452Jurek Borkowski, Bruce O'Neel, and Don Jennings), designed the concept
453for the plug-in I/O drivers that was introduced with CFITSIO 2.0.  The
454use of `drivers' greatly simplified  the low-level I/O, which in turn
455made other new features in CFITSIO (e.g., support for compressed FITS
456files and support for IRAF format image files) much easier to
457implement.  Jurek Borkowski wrote the Shared Memory driver, and Bruce
458O'Neel wrote the drivers for accessing FITS files over the network
459using the FTP, HTTP, and ROOT protocols.
460
461The ISDC also provided the template parsing routines (written by Jurek
462Borkowski) and the hierarchical grouping routines (written by Don
463Jennings).  The ISDC DAL (Data Access Layer) routines are layered on
464top of CFITSIO and make extensive use of these features.
465
466Uwe Lammers (XMM/ESA/ESTEC, The Netherlands) designed the
467high-performance lexical parsing algorithm that is used to do
468on-the-fly filtering of FITS tables.  This algorithm essentially
469pre-compiles the user-supplied selection expression into a form that
470can be rapidly evaluated for each row.  Peter Wilson (RSTX, NASA/GSFC)
471then wrote the parsing routines used by CFITSIO based on Lammers'
472design, combined with other techniques such as the CFITSIO iterator
473routine to further enhance the data processing throughput.  This effort
474also benefited from a much earlier lexical parsing routine that was
475developed by Kent Blackburn (NASA/GSFC). More recently, Craig Markwardt
476(NASA/GSFC) implemented additional functions (median, average, stddev)
477and other enhancements to the lexical parser.
478
479The CFITSIO iterator function is loosely based on similar ideas
480developed for the XMM Data Access Layer.
481
482Peter Wilson (RSTX, NASA/GSFC) wrote the complete set of
483Fortran-callable wrappers for all the CFITSIO routines, which in turn
484rely on the CFORTRAN macro developed by Burkhard Burow.
485
486The syntax used by CFITSIO for filtering or binning input FITS files is
487based on ideas developed for the AXAF Science Center Data Model by
488Jonathan McDowell, Antonella Fruscione, Aneta Siemiginowska and Bill
489Joye. See http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov/docs/journal/axaf7.html for
490further description of the AXAF Data Model.
491
492The file decompression code were taken directly from the gzip (GNU zip)
493program developed by Jean-loup Gailly and others.
494
495Doug Mink, SAO, provided the routines for converting IRAF format
496images into FITS format.
497
498Martin Reinecke (Max Planck Institute, Garching)) provided the modifications to
499cfortran.h that are necessary to support 64-bit integer values when calling
500C routines from fortran programs.  The cfortran.h macros were originally developed
501by Burkhard Burow (CERN).
502
503Julian Taylor (ESO, Garching) provided the fast byte-swapping algorithms
504that use the SSE2 and SSSE3 machine instructions available on x86\_64 CPUs.
505
506In addition, many other people have made valuable contributions to the
507development of CFITSIO.  These include (with apologies to others that may
508have inadvertently been omitted):
509
510Steve Allen, Carl Akerlof, Keith Arnaud, Morten Krabbe Barfoed, Kent
511Blackburn, G Bodammer, Romke Bontekoe, Lucio Chiappetti, Keith Costorf,
512Robin Corbet, John Davis,  Richard Fink, Ning Gan, Emily Greene, Joe
513Harrington, Cheng Ho, Phil Hodge, Jim Ingham, Yoshitaka Ishisaki, Diab
514Jerius, Mark Levine, Todd Karakaskian, Edward King, Scott Koch,  Claire
515Larkin, Rob Managan, Eric Mandel, John Mattox, Carsten Meyer, Emi
516Miyata, Stefan Mochnacki, Mike Noble, Oliver Oberdorf, Clive Page,
517Arvind Parmar, Jeff Pedelty, Tim Pearson, Maren Purves, Scott Randall,
518Chris Rogers, Arnold Rots, Barry Schlesinger, Robin Stebbins, Andrew
519Szymkowiak, Allyn Tennant, Peter Teuben, James Theiler, Doug Tody,
520Shiro Ueno, Steve Walton, Archie Warnock, Alan Watson, Dan Whipple, Wim
521Wimmers, Peter Young, Jianjun Xu, and Nelson Zarate.
522
523
524*III.  A FITS Primer
525
526This section gives a brief overview of the structure of FITS files.
527Users should refer to the documentation available from the FITS Support Office, as
528described in the introduction, for more detailed information on FITS
529formats.
530
531FITS was first developed in the late 1970's as a standard data
532interchange format between various astronomical observatories.  Since
533then FITS has become the defacto standard data format supported by most
534astronomical data analysis software packages.
535
536A FITS file consists of one or more Header + Data Units (HDUs), where
537the first HDU is called the `Primary HDU', or `Primary Array'.  The
538primary array contains an N-dimensional array of pixels, such as a 1-D
539spectrum, a 2-D image, or a 3-D data cube.  Six different primary
540datatypes are supported: Unsigned 8-bit bytes, 16, 32, and 64-bit signed
541integers, and 32 and 64-bit floating point reals.  FITS also has a
542convention for storing unsigned integers (see the later
543section entitled `Unsigned Integers' for more details). The primary HDU
544may also consist of only a header with a null array containing no
545data pixels.
546
547Any number of additional HDUs may follow the primary array; these
548additional HDUs are called FITS `extensions'.  There are currently 3
549types of extensions defined by the FITS standard:
550
551\begin{itemize}
552\item
553  Image Extension - a N-dimensional array of pixels, like in a primary array
554\item
555  ASCII Table Extension - rows and columns of data in ASCII character format
556\item
557  Binary Table Extension - rows and columns of data in binary representation
558\end{itemize}
559
560In each case the HDU consists of an ASCII Header Unit followed by an optional
561Data Unit.  For historical reasons, each Header or Data unit must be an
562exact multiple of 2880 8-bit bytes long.  Any unused space is padded
563with fill characters (ASCII blanks or zeros).
564
565Each Header Unit consists of any number of 80-character keyword records
566or `card images' which have the general form:
567-
568  KEYNAME = value / comment string
569  NULLKEY =       / comment: This keyword has no value
570-
571The keyword names may be up to 8 characters long and can only contain
572uppercase letters, the digits 0-9, the hyphen, and the underscore
573character. The keyword name is (usually) followed by an equals sign and
574a space character (= ) in columns 9 - 10 of the record, followed by the
575value of the keyword which may be either an integer, a floating point
576number, a character string (enclosed in single quotes), or a boolean
577value (the letter T or F).   A keyword may also have a null or undefined
578value if there is no specified value string, as in the second example.
579
580The last keyword in the header is always the `END' keyword which has no
581value or comment fields. There are many rules governing the exact
582format of a keyword record (see the FITS Standard) so it is better
583to rely on standard interface software like FITSIO to correctly
584construct or to parse the keyword records rather than try to deal
585directly with the raw FITS formats.
586
587Each Header Unit begins with a series of required keywords which depend
588on the type of HDU.  These required keywords specify the size and
589format of the following Data Unit.  The header may contain other
590optional keywords to describe other aspects of the data, such as the
591units or scaling values.  Other COMMENT or HISTORY keywords are also
592frequently added to further document the data file.
593
594The optional Data Unit immediately follows the last 2880-byte block in
595the Header Unit.  Some HDUs do not have a Data Unit and only consist of
596the Header Unit.
597
598If there is more than one HDU in the FITS file, then the Header Unit of
599the next HDU immediately follows the last 2880-byte block of the
600previous Data Unit (or Header Unit if there is no Data Unit).
601
602The main required keywords in FITS primary arrays or image extensions are:
603\begin{itemize}
604\item
605BITPIX -- defines the datatype of the array: 8, 16, 32, 64, -32, -64 for
606unsigned 8--bit byte, 16--bit signed integer, 32--bit signed integer,
60764--bit signed integer,
60832--bit IEEE floating point, and 64--bit IEEE double precision floating
609point, respectively.
610\item
611NAXIS --  the number of dimensions in the array, usually 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
612\item
613NAXISn -- (n ranges from 1 to NAXIS) defines the size of each dimension.
614\end{itemize}
615
616FITS tables start with the keyword XTENSION = `TABLE' (for ASCII
617tables) or XTENSION = `BINTABLE' (for binary tables) and have the
618following main keywords:
619\begin{itemize}
620\item
621TFIELDS -- number of fields or columns in the table
622\item
623NAXIS2 -- number of rows in the table
624\item
625TTYPEn -- for each column (n ranges from 1 to TFIELDS) gives the
626name of the column
627\item
628TFORMn -- the datatype of the column
629\item
630TUNITn -- the physical units of the column (optional)
631\end{itemize}
632
633Users should refer to the FITS Support Office at {\tt http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov}
634for further information about the FITS format and related software
635packages.
636
637
638
639*V.  FITSIO Conventions and Guidelines
640
641**A.  CFITSIO Size Limitations
642
643CFITSIO places few restrictions on the size of FITS files that it
644reads or writes.  There are a few limits, however, which may affect
645some extreme cases:
646
6471.  The maximum number of FITS files that may be simultaneously opened by
648CFITSIO is set by NMAXFILES, as defined in fitsio2.h.  The current default
649value is 1000, but this may be increased if necessary. Note that CFITSIO
650allocates NIOBUF * 2880 bytes of I/O buffer space for each file that is
651opened.  The default value of NIOBUF is 40 (defined in fitsio.h), so this
652amounts to  more than 115K of memory  for each opened file (or 115 MB for
6531000 opened files).  Note that the underlying  operating system, may have a
654lower limit on the number of files that can be opened simultaneously.
655
6562.  By default, CFITSIO can handle FITS files up to 2.1 GB in size (2**31
657bytes).  This file size limit is often imposed by 32-bit operating
658systems.  More recently, as 64-bit operating systems become more common, an
659industry-wide standard (at least on Unix systems) has been developed to
660support larger sized files (see http://ftp.sas.com/standards/large.file/).
661Starting with version 2.1 of CFITSIO, larger FITS files up to 6 terabytes
662in size may be read and written on supported platforms.  In order
663to support these larger files, CFITSIO must be compiled with the
664'-D\_LARGEFILE\_SOURCE' and `-D\_FILE\_OFFSET\_BITS=64' compiler flags.
665Some platforms may also require the `-D\_LARGE\_FILES' compiler flag.
666 This causes the compiler to allocate 8-bytes instead of
6674-bytes for the `off\_t' datatype which is used to store file offset
668positions.  It appears that in most cases it is not necessary to
669also include these compiler flags when compiling programs that link to
670the CFITSIO library.
671
672If CFITSIO is compiled with the -D\_LARGEFILE\_SOURCE
673and -D\_FILE\_OFFSET\_BITS=64 flags on a
674platform that supports large files, then it can read and write FITS
675files that contain up to 2**31 2880-byte FITS records, or approximately
6766 terabytes in size.  It is still required that the value of the NAXISn
677and PCOUNT keywords in each extension be within the range of a signed
6784-byte integer (max value = 2,147,483,648).  Thus, each dimension of an
679image (given by the NAXISn keywords), the total width of a table
680(NAXIS1 keyword), the number of rows in a table (NAXIS2 keyword), and
681the total size of the variable-length array heap in binary tables
682(PCOUNT keyword) must be less than this limit.
683
684Currently, support for large files within CFITSIO has been tested
685on the Linux, Solaris, and IBM AIX operating systems.
686
687**B.  Multiple Access to the Same FITS File
688
689CFITSIO supports simultaneous read and write access to multiple HDUs in
690the same FITS file.  Thus, one can open the same FITS file twice within
691a single program and move to 2 different HDUs in the file, and then
692read and write data or keywords to the 2 extensions just as if one were
693accessing 2 completely separate FITS files.   Since in general it is
694not possible to physically open the same file twice and then expect to
695be able to simultaneously (or in alternating succession) write to 2
696different locations in the file, CFITSIO recognizes when the file to be
697opened (in the call to fits\_open\_file) has already been opened and
698instead of actually opening the file again, just logically links the
699new file to the old file.  (This only applies if the file is opened
700more than once within the same program, and does not prevent the same
701file from being simultaneously opened by more than one program).  Then
702before CFITSIO reads or writes to either (logical) file, it makes sure
703that any modifications made to the other file have been completely
704flushed from the internal buffers to the file.  Thus, in principle, one
705could open a file twice, in one case pointing to the first extension
706and in the other pointing to the 2nd extension and then write data to
707both extensions, in any order, without danger of corrupting the file,
708There may be some efficiency penalties in doing this however, since
709CFITSIO has to flush all the internal buffers related to one file
710before switching to the  other, so it would still be prudent to
711minimize the number of times one switches back and forth between doing
712I/O to different HDUs in the same file.
713
714**C.  Current Header Data Unit (CHDU)
715
716In general, a FITS file can contain multiple Header Data Units, also
717called extensions.  CFITSIO only operates within one HDU at any given
718time, and the currently selected HDU is called the Current Header Data
719Unit (CHDU).  When a FITS file is first created or opened the CHDU is
720automatically defined to be the first HDU (i.e., the primary array).
721CFITSIO routines are provided to move to and open any other existing
722HDU within the FITS file or to append or insert a new HDU in the FITS
723file which then becomes the CHDU.
724
725**D.  Subroutine Names
726
727All FITSIO subroutine names begin with the letters 'ft' to distinguish
728them from other subroutines and are 5 or 6 characters long. Users should
729not name their own subroutines beginning with 'ft' to avoid conflicts.
730(The SPP interface routines all begin with 'fs'). Subroutines which read
731or get information from the FITS file have names beginning with
732'ftg...'. Subroutines which write or put information into the FITS file
733have names beginning with 'ftp...'.
734
735**E.  Subroutine Families and Datatypes
736
737Many of the subroutines come in families which differ only in the
738datatype of the associated parameter(s) .  The datatype of these
739subroutines is indicated by the last letter of the subroutine name
740(e.g., 'j' in 'ftpkyj') as follows:
741-
742        x - bit
743        b - character*1 (unsigned byte)
744        i - short integer (I*2)
745        j - integer (I*4, 32-bit integer)
746        k - long long integer (I*8, 64-bit integer)
747        e - real exponential floating point (R*4)
748        f - real fixed-format floating point (R*4)
749        d - double precision real floating-point (R*8)
750        g - double precision fixed-format floating point (R*8)
751        c - complex reals (pairs of R*4 values)
752        m - double precision complex (pairs of R*8 values)
753        l - logical (L*4)
754        s - character string
755-
756
757When dealing with the FITS byte datatype, it is important to remember
758that the raw values (before any scaling by the BSCALE and BZERO, or
759TSCALn and TZEROn keyword values) in byte arrays (BITPIX = 8) or byte
760columns (TFORMn = 'B') are interpreted as unsigned bytes with values
761ranging from 0 to 255. Some Fortran compilers support a non-standard
762byte datatype such as INTEGER*1, LOGICAL*1, or BYTE, which can sometimes
763be used instead of CHARACTER*1 variables. Many machines permit passing a
764numeric datatype (such as INTEGER*1) to the FITSIO subroutines which are
765expecting a CHARACTER*1 datatype, but this technically violates the
766Fortran-77 standard and is not supported on all machines (e.g., on a VAX/VMS
767machine one must use the VAX-specific \%DESCR function).
768
769One feature of the CFITSIO routines is that they can operate on a `X'
770(bit) column in a binary table as though it were a `B' (byte) column.
771For example a `11X' datatype column can be interpreted the same as a
772`2B' column (i.e., 2 unsigned 8-bit bytes).  In some instances, it can
773be more efficient to read and write whole bytes at a time, rather than
774reading or writing each individual bit.
775
776The double precision complex datatype is not a standard Fortran-77
777datatype.  If a particular Fortran compiler does not directly support
778this datatype,  then one may instead pass an array of pairs of double
779precision values to these subroutines.  The first  value in each pair
780is the real part, and the second is the imaginary part.
781
782**F.  Implicit Data Type Conversion
783
784The FITSIO routines that read and write numerical data can perform
785implicit data type conversion.  This means that the data type of the
786variable or array in the program does not need to be the same as the
787data type of the value in the FITS file.  Data type conversion is
788supported for numerical and string data types (if the string contains a
789valid number enclosed in quotes) when reading a FITS header keyword
790value and for numeric values when reading or writing values in the
791primary array or a table column.  CFITSIO returns status =
792NUM\_OVERFLOW  if the converted data value exceeds the range of the
793output data type.  Implicit data type conversion is not supported
794within binary tables for string, logical, complex, or double complex
795data types.
796
797In addition, any table column may be read as if it contained string values.
798In the case of numeric columns the returned string will be formatted
799using the TDISPn display format if it exists.
800
801**G.  Data Scaling
802
803When reading numerical data values in the primary array or a
804table column, the values will be scaled automatically by the BSCALE and
805BZERO (or TSCALn and TZEROn) header keyword values if they are
806present in the header.  The scaled data that is returned to the reading
807program will have
808-
809        output value = (FITS value) * BSCALE + BZERO
810-
811(a corresponding formula using TSCALn and TZEROn is used when reading
812from table columns).  In the case of integer output values the floating
813point scaled value is truncated to an integer (not rounded to the
814nearest integer).  The ftpscl and fttscl subroutines may be used to
815override the scaling parameters defined in the header (e.g., to turn
816off the scaling so that the program can read the raw unscaled values
817from the FITS file).
818
819When writing numerical data to the primary array or to a table
820column the data values will generally be automatically inversely scaled
821by the value of the BSCALE and BZERO (or TSCALn and TZEROn) header
822keyword values if they they exist in the header.  These keywords must
823have been written to the header before any data is written for them to
824have any effect.  Otherwise, one may use the ftpscl and fttscl
825subroutines to define or override the scaling keywords in the header
826(e.g., to turn off the scaling so that the program can write the raw
827unscaled values into the FITS file). If scaling is performed, the
828inverse scaled output value that is written into the FITS file will
829have
830-
831         FITS value = ((input value) - BZERO) / BSCALE
832-
833(a corresponding formula using TSCALn and TZEROn is used when
834writing to table columns).  Rounding to the nearest integer, rather
835than truncation, is performed when writing integer datatypes to the
836FITS file.
837
838**H.  Error Status Values and the Error Message Stack
839
840The last parameter in nearly every FITSIO subroutine is the error
841status value which is both an input and an output parameter.  A
842returned positive value for this parameter indicates an error was
843detected.  A listing of all the FITSIO status code values is given at
844the end of this document.
845
846The FITSIO library uses an `inherited status' convention for the status
847parameter which means that if a subroutine is called with a positive
848input value of the status parameter, then the subroutine will exit
849immediately without changing the value of the status parameter.  Thus,
850if one passes the status value returned from each FITSIO routine as
851input to the next FITSIO subroutine, then whenever an error is detected
852all further FITSIO processing will cease.  This convention can simplify
853the error checking in application programs because it is not necessary
854to check the value of the status parameter after every single FITSIO
855subroutine call.  If a program contains a sequence of several FITSIO
856calls, one can just check the status value after the last call.  Since
857the returned status values are generally distinctive, it should be
858possible to determine which subroutine originally returned the error
859status.
860
861FITSIO also maintains an internal stack of error messages (80-character
862maximum length) which in many cases provide a more detailed explanation
863of the cause of the error than is provided by the error status number
864alone. It is recommended that the error message stack be printed out
865whenever a program detects a FITSIO error. To do this, call the FTGMSG
866routine repeatedly to get the successive messages on the stack. When the
867stack is empty FTGMSG will return a blank string. Note that this is a
868`First In -- First Out' stack, so the oldest error message is returned
869first by ftgmsg.
870
871**I.  Variable-Length Array Facility in Binary Tables
872
873FITSIO provides easy-to-use support for reading and writing data in
874variable length fields of a binary table. The variable length columns
875have TFORMn keyword values of the form `1Pt(len)' or `1Qt(len)' where `t' is the
876datatype code (e.g., I, J, E, D, etc.) and `len' is an integer
877specifying the maximum length of the vector in the table.  If the value
878of `len' is not specified when the table is created (e.g., if the TFORM
879keyword value is simply specified as '1PE' instead of '1PE(400) ), then
880FITSIO will automatically scan the table when it is closed to
881determine the maximum length of the vector and will append this value
882to the TFORMn value.
883
884The same routines which read and write data in an ordinary fixed length
885binary table extension are also used for variable length fields,
886however, the subroutine parameters take on a slightly different
887interpretation as described below.
888
889All the data in a variable length field is written into an area called
890the `heap' which follows the main fixed-length FITS binary table.  The
891size of the heap, in bytes, is specified with the PCOUNT keyword in the
892FITS header.  When creating a new binary table, the initial value of
893PCOUNT should usually be set to zero.  FITSIO will recompute the size
894of the heap as the data is written and will automatically update the
895PCOUNT keyword value when the table is closed.  When writing variable
896length data to a table, CFITSIO will automatically extend the size
897of the heap area if necessary, so that any following HDUs do not
898get overwritten.
899
900By default the heap data area starts immediately after the last row of
901the fixed-length table.  This default starting location may be
902overridden by the THEAP keyword, but this is not recommended.
903If additional rows of data are added to the table, CFITSIO will
904automatically shift the the heap down to make room for the new
905rows, but it is obviously be more efficient to initially
906create the table with the necessary number of blank rows, so that
907the heap does not needed to be constantly moved.
908
909When writing to a variable length field, the entire array of values for
910a given row of the table must be written with a single call to FTPCLx.
911The total length of the array is calculated from (NELEM+FELEM-1). One
912cannot append more elements to an existing field at a later time; any
913attempt to do so will simply overwrite all the data which was previously
914written. Note also that the new data will be written to a new area of
915the heap and the heap space used by the previous write cannot be
916reclaimed. For this reason it is advised that each row of a variable
917length field only be written once. An exception to this general rule
918occurs when setting elements of an array as undefined. One must first
919write a dummy value into the array with FTPCLx, and then call FTPCLU to
920flag the desired elements as undefined. (Do not use the FTPCNx family
921of routines with variable length fields). Note that the rows of a table,
922whether fixed or variable length, do not have to be written
923consecutively and may be written in any order.
924
925When writing to a variable length ASCII character field (e.g., TFORM =
926'1PA') only a single character string written.  FTPCLS writes the whole
927length of the input string (minus any trailing blank characters), thus
928the NELEM and FELEM parameters are ignored.  If the input string is
929completely blank then FITSIO will write one blank character to the FITS
930file.  Similarly, FTGCVS and FTGCFS read the entire string (truncated
931to the width of the character string argument in the subroutine call)
932and also ignore the NELEM and FELEM parameters.
933
934The FTPDES subroutine is useful in situations where multiple rows of a
935variable length column have the identical array of values.  One can
936simply write the array once for the first row, and then use FTPDES to
937write the same descriptor values into the other rows (use the FTGDES
938routine to read the first descriptor value);  all the rows will then
939point to the same storage location thus saving disk space.
940
941When reading from a variable length array field one can only read as
942many elements as actually exist in that row of the table; reading does
943not automatically continue with the next row of the table as occurs
944when reading an ordinary fixed length table field.  Attempts to read
945more than this will cause an error status to be returned.  One can
946determine the number of elements in each row of a variable column with
947the FTGDES subroutine.
948
949**I.  Support for IEEE Special Values
950
951The ANSI/IEEE-754 floating-point number standard defines certain
952special values that are used to represent such quantities as
953Not-a-Number (NaN), denormalized, underflow, overflow, and infinity.
954(See the Appendix in the  FITS standard or the FITS User's
955Guide for a list of these values).  The FITSIO subroutines that read
956floating point data in FITS files recognize these IEEE special values
957and by default interpret the overflow and infinity values as being
958equivalent to a NaN, and convert the underflow and denormalized values
959into zeros.  In some cases programmers may want access to the raw IEEE
960values, without any modification by FITSIO.  This can be done by
961calling the FTGPVx or FTGCVx routines while specifying 0.0 as the value
962of the NULLVAL parameter.  This will force FITSIO to simply pass the
963IEEE values through to the application program, without any
964modification.  This does not work for double precision values on
965VAX/VMS machines, however, where there is no easy way to bypass the
966default interpretation of the IEEE special values. This is also not
967supported when reading floating-point images that have been compressed
968with the FITS tiled image compression convention that is discussed in
969section 5.6;  the pixels values in tile compressed images are
970represented by scaled integers, and a reserved integer value
971(not a NaN) is used to represent undefined pixels.
972
973
974**J.  When the Final Size of the FITS HDU is Unknown
975
976It is not required to know the total size of a FITS data array or table
977before beginning to write the data to the FITS file.  In the case of
978the primary array or an image extension, one should initially create
979the array with the size of the highest dimension (largest NAXISn
980keyword) set to a dummy value, such as 1.  Then after all the data have
981been written and the true dimensions are known, then the NAXISn value
982should be updated using the fits\_ update\_key routine before moving to
983another extension or closing the FITS file.
984
985When writing to FITS tables, CFITSIO automatically keeps track of the
986highest row number that is written to, and will increase the size of
987the table if necessary.  CFITSIO will also automatically insert space
988in the FITS file if necessary, to ensure that the data 'heap', if it
989exists, and/or any additional HDUs that follow the table do not get
990overwritten as new rows are written to the table.
991
992As a general rule it is best to specify the initial number of rows = 0
993when the table is created, then let CFITSIO keep track of the number of
994rows that are actually written.  The application program should not
995manually update the number of rows in the table (as given by the NAXIS2
996keyword) since CFITSIO does this automatically.  If a table is
997initially created with more than zero rows, then this will usually be
998considered as the minimum size of the table, even if fewer rows are
999actually written to the table.  Thus, if a table is initially created
1000with NAXIS2 = 20, and CFITSIO only writes 10 rows of data before
1001closing the table, then NAXIS2 will remain equal to 20.  If however, 30
1002rows of data are written to this table, then NAXIS2 will be increased
1003from 20 to 30.  The one exception to this automatic updating of the
1004NAXIS2 keyword is if the application program directly modifies the
1005value of NAXIS2 (up or down) itself just before closing the table.  In this
1006case, CFITSIO does not update NAXIS2 again, since it assumes that the
1007application program must have had a good reason for changing the value
1008directly.  This is not recommended, however, and is only provided for
1009backward compatibility with software that initially creates a table
1010with a large number of rows, than decreases the NAXIS2 value to the
1011actual smaller value just before closing the table.
1012
1013**K.  Local FITS Conventions supported by FITSIO
1014
1015CFITSIO supports several local FITS conventions which are not
1016defined in the official FITS standard and which are not
1017necessarily recognized or supported by other FITS software packages.
1018Programmers should be cautious about using these features, especially
1019if the FITS files that are produced are expected to be processed by
1020other software systems which do not use the CFITSIO interface.
1021
1022***1.  Support for Long String Keyword Values.
1023
1024The length of a standard FITS string keyword is limited to 68
1025characters because it must fit entirely within a single FITS header
1026keyword record.  In some instances it is necessary to encode strings
1027longer than this limit, so FITSIO supports a local convention in which
1028the string value is continued over multiple keywords. This
1029continuation convention uses an ampersand character at the end of each
1030substring to indicate that it is continued on the next keyword, and the
1031continuation keywords all have the name CONTINUE without an equal sign
1032in column 9. The string value may be continued in this way over as many
1033additional CONTINUE keywords as is required.  The following lines
1034illustrate this continuation convention which is used in the value of
1035the STRKEY keyword:
1036-
1037LONGSTRN= 'OGIP 1.0'           / The OGIP Long String Convention may be used.
1038STRKEY  = 'This is a very long string keyword&'  / Optional Comment
1039CONTINUE  ' value that is continued over 3 keywords in the &  '
1040CONTINUE  'FITS header.' / This is another optional comment.
1041-
1042It is recommended that the LONGSTRN keyword, as shown
1043here, always be included in any HDU that uses this longstring
1044convention.  A subroutine called FTPLSW
1045has been provided in CFITSIO to write this keyword if it does not
1046already exist.
1047
1048This long string convention is supported by the following FITSIO
1049subroutines that deal with string-valued keywords:
1050-
1051      ftgkys - read a string keyword
1052      ftpkls - write (append) a string keyword
1053      ftikls - insert a string keyword
1054      ftmkls - modify the value of an existing string keyword
1055      ftukls - update an existing keyword, or write a new keyword
1056      ftdkey - delete a keyword
1057-
1058These routines will transparently read, write, or delete a long string
1059value in the FITS file, so programmers in general do not have to be
1060concerned about the details of the convention that is used to encode
1061the long string in the FITS header.  When reading a long string, one
1062must ensure that the character string parameter used in these
1063subroutine calls has been declared long enough to hold the entire
1064string, otherwise the returned string value will be truncated.
1065
1066Note that the more commonly used FITSIO subroutine to write string
1067valued keywords (FTPKYS) does NOT support this long string convention
1068and only supports strings up to 68 characters in length.  This has been
1069done deliberately to prevent programs from inadvertently writing
1070keywords using this non-standard convention without the explicit intent
1071of the programmer or user.   The FTPKLS subroutine must be called
1072instead to write long strings.  This routine can also be used to write
1073ordinary string values less than 68 characters in length.
1074
1075***2.  Arrays of Fixed-Length Strings in Binary Tables
1076
1077CFITSIO supports 2 ways to specify that a character column in a binary
1078table contains an array of fixed-length strings.  The first way, which
1079is officially supported by the FITS Standard document, uses the TDIMn keyword.
1080For example, if TFORMn = '60A' and TDIMn = '(12,5)' then that
1081column will be interpreted as containing an array of 5 strings, each 12
1082characters long.
1083
1084FITSIO also supports a
1085local convention for the format of the TFORMn keyword value of the form
1086'rAw' where 'r' is an integer specifying the total width in characters
1087of the column, and 'w' is an integer specifying the (fixed) length of
1088an individual unit string within the vector.  For example, TFORM1 =
1089'120A10' would indicate that the binary table column is 120 characters
1090wide and consists of 12 10-character length strings.  This convention
1091is recognized by the FITSIO subroutines that read or write strings in
1092binary tables.   The Binary Table definition document specifies that
1093other optional characters may follow the datatype code in the TFORM
1094keyword, so this local convention is in compliance with the
1095FITS standard, although other FITS readers are not required to
1096recognize this convention.
1097
1098***3.  Keyword Units Strings
1099
1100One deficiency of the current FITS Standard is that it does not define
1101a specific convention for recording the physical units of a keyword
1102value.  The TUNITn keyword can be used to specify the physical units of
1103the values in a table column, but there is no analogous convention for
1104keyword values.  The comment field of the keyword is often used for
1105this purpose, but the units are usually not specified in a well defined
1106format that FITS readers can easily recognize and extract.
1107
1108To solve this deficiency, FITSIO uses a local convention in which the
1109keyword units are enclosed in square brackets as the first token in the
1110keyword comment field; more specifically, the opening square bracket
1111immediately follows the slash '/' comment field delimiter and a single
1112space character.  The following examples illustrate keywords that use
1113this convention:
1114
1115-
1116EXPOSURE=               1800.0 / [s] elapsed exposure time
1117V_HELIO =                16.23 / [km s**(-1)] heliocentric velocity
1118LAMBDA  =                5400. / [angstrom] central wavelength
1119FLUX    = 4.9033487787637465E-30 / [J/cm**2/s] average flux
1120-
1121
1122In general, the units named in the IAU(1988) Style Guide are
1123recommended, with the main exception that the preferred unit for angle
1124is 'deg' for degrees.
1125
1126The FTPUNT and FTGUNT subroutines in FITSIO write and read,
1127respectively, the keyword unit strings in an existing keyword.
1128
1129***4.  HIERARCH Convention for Extended Keyword Names
1130
1131CFITSIO supports the HIERARCH keyword convention which allows keyword
1132names that are longer then 8 characters and may contain the full range
1133of printable ASCII text characters.  This convention
1134was developed at the European Southern Observatory (ESO)  to support
1135hierarchical FITS keyword such as:
1136-
1137HIERARCH ESO INS FOCU POS = -0.00002500 / Focus position
1138-
1139Basically, this convention uses the FITS keyword 'HIERARCH' to indicate
1140that this convention is being used, then the actual keyword name
1141({\tt'ESO INS FOCU POS'} in this example) begins in column 10 and can
1142contain any printable ASCII text characters, including spaces.  The
1143equals sign marks the end of the keyword name and is followed by the
1144usual value and comment fields just as in standard FITS keywords.
1145Further details of this convention are described at
1146http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov/registry/hierarch\_keyword.html
1147and in Section 4.4 of the ESO Data Interface Control Document that
1148is linked to from
1149http://archive.eso.org/cms/tools-documentation/eso-data-interface-control.html.
1150
1151This convention allows a much broader range of keyword names
1152than is allowed by the FITS Standard.  Here are more examples
1153of such keywords:
1154-
1155HIERARCH LongKeyword = 47.5 / Keyword has > 8 characters, and mixed case
1156HIERARCH XTE$TEMP = 98.6 / Keyword contains the '$' character
1157HIERARCH Earth is a star = F / Keyword contains embedded spaces
1158-
1159CFITSIO will transparently read and write these keywords, so application
1160programs do not in general need to know anything about the specific
1161implementation details of the HIERARCH convention.  In particular,
1162application programs do not need to specify the `HIERARCH' part of the
1163keyword name when reading or writing keywords (although it
1164may be included if desired).  When writing a keyword, CFITSIO first
1165checks to see if the keyword name is legal as a standard FITS keyword
1166(no more than 8 characters long and containing only letters, digits, or
1167a minus sign or underscore). If so it writes it as a standard FITS
1168keyword, otherwise it uses the hierarch convention to write the
1169keyword.   The maximum keyword name length is 67 characters, which
1170leaves only 1 space for the value field.  A more practical limit is
1171about 40 characters, which leaves enough room for most keyword values.
1172CFITSIO returns an error if there is not enough room for both the
1173keyword name and the keyword value on the 80-character card, except for
1174string-valued keywords which are simply truncated so that the closing
1175quote character falls in column 80.  In the current implementation,
1176CFITSIO preserves the case of the letters when writing the keyword
1177name, but it is case-insensitive when reading or searching for a
1178keyword.  The current implementation allows any ASCII text character
1179(ASCII 32 to ASCII 126) in the keyword name except for the '='
1180character.  A space is also required on either side of the equal sign.
1181
1182**L.  Optimizing Code for Maximum Processing Speed
1183
1184CFITSIO has been carefully designed to obtain the highest possible
1185speed when reading and writing FITS files.  In order to achieve the
1186best performance, however, application programmers must be careful to
1187call the CFITSIO routines appropriately and in an efficient sequence;
1188inappropriate usage of CFITSIO routines can greatly slow down the
1189execution speed of a program.
1190
1191The maximum possible I/O speed of CFITSIO depends of course on the type
1192of computer system that it is running on.  To get a general idea of what
1193data I/O speeds are possible on a particular machine, build the speed.c
1194program that is distributed with CFITSIO (type 'make speed' in the CFITSIO
1195directory).  This diagnostic program measures the speed of writing and reading
1196back a test FITS image, a binary table, and an ASCII table.
1197
1198The following 2 sections provide some background on how CFITSIO
1199internally manages the data I/O and describes some strategies that may
1200be used to optimize the processing speed of software that uses
1201CFITSIO.
1202
1203***1.  Background Information: How CFITSIO Manages Data I/O
1204
1205Many CFITSIO operations involve transferring only a small number of
1206bytes to or from the FITS file (e.g, reading a keyword, or writing a
1207row in a table); it would be very inefficient to physically read or
1208write such small blocks of data directly in the FITS file on disk,
1209therefore CFITSIO maintains a set of internal Input--Output (IO)
1210buffers in RAM memory that each contain one FITS block (2880 bytes) of
1211data.  Whenever CFITSIO needs to access data in the FITS file, it first
1212transfers the FITS block containing those bytes into one of the IO
1213buffers in memory.  The next time CFITSIO needs to access bytes in the
1214same block it can then go to the fast IO buffer rather than using a
1215much slower system disk access routine.  The number of available IO
1216buffers is determined by the NIOBUF parameter (in fitsio2.h) and is
1217currently set to 40.
1218
1219Whenever CFITSIO reads or writes data it first checks to see if that
1220block of the FITS file is already loaded into one of the IO buffers.
1221If not, and if there is an empty IO buffer available, then it will load
1222that block into the IO buffer (when reading a FITS file) or will
1223initialize a new block (when writing to a FITS file).  If all the IO
1224buffers are already full, it must decide which one to reuse (generally
1225the one that has been accessed least recently), and flush the contents
1226back to disk if it has been modified before loading the new block.
1227
1228The one major exception to the above process occurs whenever a large
1229contiguous set of bytes are accessed, as might occur when reading or
1230writing a FITS image.  In this case CFITSIO bypasses the internal IO
1231buffers and simply reads or writes the desired bytes directly in the
1232disk file with a single call to a low-level file read or write
1233routine.  The minimum threshold for the number of bytes to read or
1234write this way is set by the MINDIRECT parameter and is currently set
1235to 3 FITS blocks = 8640 bytes.  This is the most efficient way to read
1236or write large chunks of data.  Note that this fast direct IO process is not
1237applicable when accessing columns of data in a FITS table because the
1238bytes are generally not contiguous since they are interleaved by the
1239other columns of data in the table.  This explains why the speed for
1240accessing FITS tables is generally slower than accessing
1241FITS images.
1242
1243Given this background information, the general strategy for efficiently
1244accessing FITS files should now be apparent:  when dealing with FITS
1245images, read or write large chunks of data at a time so that the direct
1246IO mechanism will be invoked;  when accessing FITS headers or FITS
1247tables, on the other hand, once a particular FITS block has been
1248loading into one of the IO buffers, try to access all the needed
1249information in that block before it gets flushed out of the IO buffer.
1250It is important to avoid the situation where the same FITS block is
1251being read then flushed from a IO buffer multiple times.
1252
1253The following section gives more specific suggestions for optimizing
1254the use of CFITSIO.
1255
1256***2.  Optimization Strategies
1257
12581.  Because the data in FITS files is always stored in "big-endian" byte order,
1259where the first byte of numeric values contains the most significant bits and the
1260last byte contains the least significant bits, CFITSIO must swap the order of the bytes
1261when reading or writing FITS files when running on little-endian machines (e.g.,
1262Linux and Microsoft Windows operating systems running on PCs with x86 CPUs).
1263
1264On fairly new CPUs that support "SSSE3" machine instructions
1265(e.g., starting with Intel Core 2 CPUs in 2007, and in AMD CPUs
1266beginning in 2011) significantly faster 4-byte and 8-byte swapping
1267algorithms are available. These faster byte swapping functions are
1268not used by default in CFITSIO (because of the potential code
1269portablility issues), but users can enable them on supported
1270platforms by adding the appropriate compiler flags (-mssse3 with gcc
1271or icc on linux) when compiling the swapproc.c source file, which will
1272allow the compiler to generate code using the SSSE3 instruction set.
1273A convenient way to do this is to configure the CFITSIO library
1274with the following command:
1275-
1276  >  ./configure --enable-ssse3
1277-
1278Note, however, that a binary executable file that is
1279created using these faster functions will only run on
1280machines that support the SSSE3 machine instructions. It will
1281crash on machines that do not support them.
1282
1283For faster 2-byte swaps on virtually all x86-64 CPUs (even those that
1284do not support SSSE3), a variant using only SSE2 instructions exists.
1285SSE2 is enabled by default on x86\_64 CPUs with 64-bit operating systems
1286(and is also automatically enabled by the --enable-ssse3 flag).
1287When running on x86\_64 CPUs with 32-bit operating systems, these faster
12882-byte swapping algorithms are not used by default in CFITSIO, but can be
1289enabled explicitly with:
1290-
1291./configure --enable-sse2
1292-
1293Preliminary testing indicates that these SSSE3 and SSE2 based
1294byte-swapping algorithms can boost the CFITSIO performance when
1295reading or writing FITS images by 20\% - 30\% or more.
1296It is important to note, however, that compiler optimization must be
1297turned on (e.g., by using the -O1 or -O2 flags in gcc) when building
1298programs that use these fast byte-swapping algorithms in order
1299to reap the full benefit of the SSSE3 and SSE2 instructions; without
1300optimization, the code may actually run slower than when using
1301more traditional byte-swapping techniques.
1302
13032.  When dealing with a FITS primary array or IMAGE extension, it is
1304more efficient to read or write large chunks of the  image at a time
1305(at least 3 FITS blocks = 8640 bytes) so that the direct IO mechanism
1306will be used as described in the previous section.  Smaller chunks of
1307data are read or written via the IO buffers, which is somewhat less
1308efficient because of the extra copy operation and additional
1309bookkeeping steps that are required.  In principle it is more efficient
1310to read or write as big an array of image pixels at one time as
1311possible, however, if the array becomes so large that the operating
1312system cannot store it all in RAM, then the performance may be degraded
1313because of the increased swapping of virtual memory to disk.
1314
13153.  When dealing with FITS tables, the most important efficiency factor
1316in the software design is to read or write the data in the FITS file in
1317a single pass through the file.  An example of poor program design
1318would be to read a large, 3-column table by sequentially reading the
1319entire first column, then going back to read the 2nd column, and
1320finally the 3rd column; this obviously requires 3 passes through the
1321file which could triple the execution time of an I/O limited program.
1322For small tables this is not important, but when reading multi-megabyte
1323sized tables these inefficiencies can become significant.  The more
1324efficient procedure in this case is to read or write only as many rows
1325of the table as will fit into the available internal I/O buffers, then
1326access all the necessary columns of data within that range of rows.
1327Then after the program is completely finished with the data in those
1328rows it can move on to the next range of rows that will fit in the
1329buffers, continuing in this way until the entire file has been
1330processed.  By using this procedure of accessing all the columns of a
1331table in parallel rather than sequentially, each block of the FITS file
1332will only be read or written once.
1333
1334The optimal number of rows to read or write at one time in a given
1335table depends on the width of the table row, on the number of I/O
1336buffers that have been allocated in FITSIO, and also on the number of
1337other FITS files that are open at the same time (since one I/O buffer
1338is always reserved for each open FITS file).  Fortunately, a FITSIO
1339routine is available that will return the optimal number of rows for a
1340given table:  call ftgrsz(unit, nrows, status).  It is not critical to
1341use exactly the value of nrows returned by this routine, as long as one
1342does not exceed it.  Using a very small value however can also lead to
1343poor performance because of the overhead from the larger number of
1344subroutine calls.
1345
1346The optimal number of rows returned by ftgrsz is valid only as long as
1347the application program is only reading or writing data in the
1348specified table.  Any other calls to access data in the table header
1349would  cause additional blocks of data to be
1350loaded into the I/O buffers displacing data from the original table,
1351and should be avoided during the critical period while the table is
1352being read or written.
1353
13544.  Use binary table extensions rather than ASCII table
1355extensions for better efficiency  when dealing with tabular data.  The
1356I/O to ASCII tables is slower because of the overhead in formatting or
1357parsing the ASCII data fields, and because ASCII tables are about twice
1358as large as binary tables with the same information content.
1359
13605. Design software so that it reads the FITS header keywords in the
1361same order in which they occur in the file.  When reading keywords,
1362FITSIO searches forward starting from the position of the last keyword
1363that was read.  If it reaches the end of the header without finding the
1364keyword, it then goes back to the start of the header and continues the
1365search down to the position where it started.  In practice, as long as
1366the entire FITS header can fit at one time in the available internal I/O
1367buffers, then the header keyword access will be very fast and it makes
1368little difference which order they are accessed.
1369
13706. Avoid the use of scaling (by using the BSCALE and BZERO or TSCAL and
1371TZERO keywords) in FITS files since the scaling operations add to the
1372processing time needed to read or write the data.  In some cases it may
1373be more efficient to temporarily turn off the scaling (using ftpscl or
1374fttscl) and then read or write the raw unscaled values in the FITS
1375file.
1376
13777. Avoid using the 'implicit datatype conversion' capability in
1378FITSIO.  For instance, when reading a FITS image with BITPIX = -32
1379(32-bit floating point pixels), read the data into a single precision
1380floating point data array in the program.  Forcing FITSIO to convert
1381the data to a different datatype can significantly slow the program.
1382
13838. Where feasible, design FITS binary tables using vector column
1384elements so that the data are written as a contiguous set of bytes,
1385rather than as single elements in multiple rows.  For example, it is
1386faster to access the data in a table that contains a single row
1387and 2 columns with TFORM keywords equal to  '10000E' and '10000J', than
1388it is to access the same amount of data in a table with 10000 rows
1389which has columns with the TFORM keywords equal to '1E' and '1J'.  In
1390the former case the 10000 floating point values in the first column are
1391all written in a contiguous block of the file which can be read or
1392written quickly, whereas in the second case each floating point value
1393in the first column is interleaved with the integer value in the second
1394column of the same row so CFITSIO has to explicitly move to the
1395position of each element to be read or written.
1396
13979. Avoid the use of variable length vector columns in binary tables,
1398since any reading or writing of these data requires that CFITSIO first
1399look up or compute the starting address of each row of data in the
1400heap.  In practice, this is probably not a significant efficiency issue.
1401
140210. When copying data from one FITS table to another, it is faster to
1403transfer the raw bytes instead of reading then writing each column of
1404the table.  The FITSIO subroutines FTGTBS and FTPTBS (for ASCII
1405tables), and  FTGTBB and FTPTBB (for binary tables) will perform
1406low-level reads or writes of any contiguous range of bytes in a table
1407extension.  These routines can be used to read or write a whole row (or
1408multiple rows) of a table with a single subroutine call.   These
1409routines are fast because they bypass all the usual data scaling, error
1410checking and machine dependent data conversion that is normally done by
1411FITSIO, and they allow the program to write the data to the output file
1412in exactly the same byte order.  For these same reasons, use of these
1413routines can be somewhat risky because no validation or machine
1414dependent conversion is performed by these routines.  In general these
1415routines are only recommended for optimizing critical pieces of code
1416and should only be used by programmers who thoroughly understand the
1417internal byte structure of the FITS tables they are reading or
1418writing.
1419
142011. Another strategy for improving the speed of writing a FITS table,
1421similar to the previous one, is to directly construct the entire byte
1422stream for a whole table row (or multiple rows) within the application
1423program and then write it to the FITS file with
1424ftptbb.  This avoids all the overhead normally present
1425in the column-oriented CFITSIO write routines.  This technique should
1426only be used for critical applications, because it makes the code more
1427difficult to understand and maintain, and it makes the code more system
1428dependent (e.g., do the bytes need to be swapped before writing to the
1429FITS file?).
1430
143112.  Finally, external factors such as the type of magnetic disk
1432controller (SCSI or IDE), the size of the disk cache, the average seek
1433speed of the disk, the amount of disk fragmentation, and the amount of
1434RAM available on the system can all have a significant impact on
1435overall I/O efficiency.  For critical applications, a system
1436administrator should review the proposed system hardware to identify any
1437potential I/O bottlenecks.
1438
1439
1440
1441*VII.  Basic Interface Routines
1442
1443This section defines a basic set of subroutines that can be
1444used to perform the most common types of read and write operations
1445on FITS files.  New users should start with these subroutines and
1446then, as needed, explore the more advance routines described in
1447the following chapter to perform more complex or specialized operations.
1448
1449A right arrow symbol ($>$) is used to separate the input parameters from
1450the output parameters in the  definition of each routine.  This symbol
1451is not actually part of the calling sequence.  Note that
1452the status parameter is both an input and an output parameter
1453and must be initialized = 0 prior to calling the FITSIO subroutines.
1454
1455Refer to Chapter 9 for the definition of all the parameters
1456used by these interface routines.
1457
1458**A.  FITSIO Error Status Routines \label{FTVERS}
1459
1460>1  Return the current version number of the fitsio library.
1461    The version number will be incremented with each new
1462>   release of CFITSIO.
1463-
1464        FTVERS( > version)
1465-
1466>2  Return the descriptive text string corresponding to a FITSIO error
1467    status code.   The 30-character length string contains a brief
1468>   description of the cause of the error.
1469-
1470        FTGERR(status, > errtext)
1471-
1472>3  Return the top (oldest) 80-character error message from the
1473    internal FITSIO stack of error messages and shift any remaining
1474    messages on the stack up one level.  Any FITSIO error will
1475    generate one or more messages on the stack.  Call this routine
1476    repeatedly to get each message in sequence.  The error stack is empty
1477>   when a blank string is returned.
1478-
1479        FTGMSG( > errmsg)
1480-
1481>4 The FTPMRK routine puts an invisible marker on the
1482   CFITSIO error stack.  The FTCMRK routine can then be
1483   used to delete any more recent error messages on the stack, back to
1484   the position of the marker.  This preserves any older error messages
1485   on the stack.  FTCMSG simply clears the entire error message stack.
1486>  These routines are called without any arguments.
1487-
1488        FTPMRK
1489        FTCMRK
1490        FTCMSG
1491-
1492
1493>5  Print out the error message corresponding to the input status
1494    value and all the error messages on the FITSIO stack  to the specified
1495    file stream  (stream can be either the string 'STDOUT' or 'STDERR').
1496>   If the input status value = 0 then this routine does nothing.
1497-
1498       FTRPRT (stream, > status)
1499-
1500>6  Write an 80-character message to the FITSIO error stack.  Application
1501    programs should not normally write to the stack, but there may be
1502>   some situations where this is desirable.
1503-
1504        FTPMSG(errmsg)
1505-
1506
1507**B.  File I/O Routines
1508
1509>1 Open an existing FITS file with readonly or readwrite access.
1510   This routine always opens the primary array (the first HDU) of
1511   the file, and does not move to a following extension, if one was
1512   specified as part of the filename.   Use the FTNOPN routine to
1513   automatically move to the extension.  This routine will also
1514   open IRAF images (.imh format files) and raw binary data arrays
1515   with READONLY access by first converting them on the fly into
1516   virtual FITS images.  See the `Extended File Name Syntax' chapter
1517   for more details.  The FTDKOPN routine simply opens the specified
1518   file without trying to interpret the filename using the extended
1519>  filename syntax.
1520-
1521        FTOPEN(unit,filename,rwmode, > blocksize,status)
1522        FTDKOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > blocksize,status)
1523-
1524>2 Open an existing FITS file with readonly or readwrite access
1525   and move to a following extension, if one was specified as
1526   part of the filename.  (e.g.,  'filename.fits+2' or
1527   'filename.fits[2]' will move to the 3rd HDU in the file).
1528   Note that this routine differs from FTOPEN in that it does not
1529>  have the redundant blocksize argument.
1530-
1531        FTNOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1532-
1533>3 Open an existing FITS file with readonly or readwrite access
1534   and then move to the first HDU containing significant data, if a) an HDU
1535   name or number to open was not explicitly specified as part of the
1536   filename, and b) if the FITS file contains a null primary array (i.e.,
1537   NAXIS = 0).  In this case, it will look for the first IMAGE HDU with
1538   NAXIS > 0, or the first table that does not contain the strings `GTI'
1539   (Good Time Interval) or `OBSTABLE' in the EXTNAME keyword value.  FTTOPN
1540   is similar, except it will move to the first significant table HDU
1541   (skipping over any image HDUs) in the file if a specific HDU name
1542   or number is not specified.  FTIOPN will move to the first non-null
1543>  image HDU, skipping over any tables.
1544-
1545        FTDOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1546        FTTOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1547        FTIOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1548-
1549>4 Open and initialize a new empty FITS file.   A template file may also be
1550   specified to define the structure of the new file (see section 4.2.4).
1551   The FTDKINIT routine simply creates the specified
1552   file without trying to interpret the filename using the extended
1553>  filename syntax.
1554-
1555        FTINIT(unit,filename,blocksize, > status)
1556        FTDKINIT(unit,filename,blocksize, > status)
1557-
1558>>5 Close a FITS file previously opened with ftopen or ftinit
1559-
1560        FTCLOS(unit, > status)
1561-
1562>6  Move to a specified (absolute) HDU in the FITS file (nhdu = 1 for the
1563>   FITS primary array)
1564-
1565        FTMAHD(unit,nhdu, > hdutype,status)
1566-
1567>7  Create a primary array (if none already exists), or insert a
1568    new IMAGE extension immediately following the CHDU, or
1569    insert a new Primary Array at the beginning of the file.  Any
1570    following extensions in the file will be shifted down to make room
1571    for the new extension.  If the CHDU is the last HDU in the file
1572    then the new image extension will simply be appended to the end of
1573    the file.   One can force a new primary array to be inserted at the
1574    beginning of the FITS file by setting status = -9 prior
1575    to calling the routine.  In this case the existing primary array will be
1576    converted to an IMAGE extension. The new extension (or primary
1577    array) will become the CHDU.  The FTIIMGLL routine is identical
1578    to the FTIIMG routine except that the 4th parameter (the length
1579    of each axis) is an array of 64-bit integers rather than an array
1580>   of 32-bit integers.
1581-
1582        FTIIMG(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes, > status)
1583        FTIIMGLL(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxesll, > status)
1584-
1585>8  Insert a new ASCII TABLE extension immediately following the CHDU.
1586    Any following extensions will be shifted down to make room for
1587    the new extension.  If there are no other following extensions
1588    then the new table extension will simply be appended to the
1589    end of the file.  The new extension will become the CHDU. The FTITABLL
1590    routine is identical
1591    to the FTITAB routine except that the 2nd and 3rd parameters (that give
1592    the size of the table) are 64-bit integers rather than
1593    32-bit integers.  Under normal circumstances, the nrows and nrowsll
1594    paramenters should have a value of 0; CFITSIO will automatically update
1595>   the number of rows as data is written to the table.
1596-
1597        FTITAB(unit,rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
1598               status)
1599        FTITABLL(unit,rowlenll,nrowsll,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
1600               status)
1601-
1602>9  Insert a new binary table extension immediately following the CHDU.
1603    Any following extensions will be shifted down to make room for
1604    the new extension.  If there are no other following extensions
1605    then the new bintable extension will simply be appended to the
1606     end of the file.  The new extension will become the CHDU. The FTIBINLL
1607    routine is identical
1608    to the FTIBIN routine except that the 2nd parameter (that gives
1609    the length of the table) is a 64-bit integer rather than
1610    a 32-bit integer. Under normal circumstances, the nrows and nrowsll
1611    paramenters should have a value of 0; CFITSIO will automatically update
1612>   the number of rows as data is written to the table.
1613-
1614        FTIBIN(unit,nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat > status)
1615        FTIBINLL(unit,nrowsll,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat > status)
1616
1617-
1618**C.  Keyword I/O Routines
1619
1620>>1 Put (append) an 80-character record into the CHU.
1621-
1622        FTPREC(unit,card, > status)
1623-
1624>2  Put (append) a new keyword of the appropriate datatype into the CHU.
1625     The E and D versions of this routine have the added feature that
1626     if the 'decimals' parameter is negative, then the 'G' display
1627     format rather then the 'E' format will be used when constructing
1628     the keyword value, taking the absolute value of 'decimals' for the
1629     precision.  This will suppress trailing zeros, and will use a
1630     fixed format rather than an exponential format,
1631>    depending on the magnitude of the value.
1632-
1633        FTPKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
1634        FTPKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
1635-
1636>3 Get the nth 80-character header record from the CHU.  The first keyword
1637   in the header is at key\_no = 1;  if key\_no = 0 then this subroutine
1638   simple moves the internal pointer to the beginning of the header
1639   so that subsequent keyword operations will start at the top of
1640>  the header; it also returns a blank card value in this case.
1641-
1642        FTGREC(unit,key_no, > card,status)
1643-
1644>4  Get a keyword value (with the appropriate datatype) and comment from
1645>   the CHU
1646-
1647        FTGKY[EDJKLS](unit,keyword, > keyval,comment,status)
1648-
1649>>5  Delete an existing keyword record.
1650-
1651        FTDKEY(unit,keyword, > status)
1652-
1653
1654**D.  Data I/O Routines
1655
1656The following routines read or write data values in the current HDU of
1657the FITS file.  Automatic datatype conversion
1658will be attempted for numerical datatypes if the specified datatype is
1659different from the actual datatype of the FITS array or table column.
1660
1661>>1 Write elements into the primary data array or image extension.
1662-
1663        FTPPR[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,values, > status)
1664-
1665>2  Read elements from the primary data array or image extension.
1666    Undefined array elements will be
1667    returned with a value = nullval, unless nullval = 0 in which case no
1668    checks for undefined pixels will be performed. The anyf parameter is
1669    set to true (= .true.) if any of the returned
1670>   elements were undefined.
1671-
1672        FTGPV[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,nullval, > values,anyf,status)
1673-
1674>3  Write elements into an ASCII or binary table column. The `felem'
1675    parameter applies only to vector columns in binary tables and is
1676>   ignored when writing to ASCII tables.
1677-
1678        FTPCL[SLBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,values, > status)
1679-
1680>4  Read elements from an ASCII or binary table column.  Undefined
1681    array elements will be returned with a value = nullval, unless nullval = 0
1682    (or = ' ' for ftgcvs) in which case no checking for undefined values will
1683    be performed. The ANYF parameter is set to true if any of the returned
1684    elements are undefined.
1685
1686    Any column, regardless of it's intrinsic datatype, may be read as a
1687    string.  It should be noted however that reading a numeric column
1688    as a string is 10 - 100 times slower than reading the same column
1689    as a number due to the large overhead in constructing the formatted
1690    strings.  The display format of the returned strings will be
1691    determined by the TDISPn keyword, if it exists, otherwise by the
1692    datatype of the column.  The length of the returned strings  can be
1693    determined with the ftgcdw routine.  The following TDISPn display
1694    formats are currently supported:
1695-
1696    Iw.m   Integer
1697    Ow.m   Octal integer
1698    Zw.m   Hexadecimal integer
1699    Fw.d   Fixed floating point
1700    Ew.d   Exponential floating point
1701    Dw.d   Exponential floating point
1702    Gw.d   General; uses Fw.d if significance not lost, else Ew.d
1703-
1704  where w is the width in characters of the displayed values, m is the minimum
1705  number of digits displayed, and d is the number of digits to the right of the
1706>  decimal.  The .m field is optional.
1707
1708-
1709        FTGCV[SBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,nullval, >
1710                       values,anyf,status)
1711-
1712>5  Get the table column number and full name of the column whose name
1713    matches the input template string.  See the `Advanced Interface Routines'
1714>   chapter for a full description of this routine.
1715-
1716        FTGCNN(unit,casesen,coltemplate, > colname,colnum,status)
1717-
1718
1719
1720*VIII   Advanced Interface Subroutines
1721
1722This chapter defines all the available subroutines in the FITSIO user
1723interface. For completeness, the basic subroutines described in the
1724previous chapter are also repeated here. A right arrow symbol is used
1725here to separate the input parameters from the output parameters in the
1726definition of each subroutine. This symbol is not actually part of the
1727calling sequence. An alphabetical list and definition of all the
1728parameters is given at the end of this section.
1729
1730**A.  FITS File Open and Close Subroutines: \label{FTOPEN}
1731
1732>1 Open an existing FITS file with readonly or readwrite access. The
1733FTDKOPN routine simply opens the specified file without trying to
1734interpret the filename using the extended filename syntax. FTDOPN opens
1735the file and
1736also moves to the first HDU containing significant data, if no specific
1737HDU is specified as part of the filename.  FTTOPN and FTIOPN are similar
1738except that they will move to the first table HDU or image HDU, respectively,
1739>if a HDU name or number is not specified as part of the filename.
1740-
1741        FTOPEN(unit,filename,rwmode, > blocksize,status)
1742        FTDKOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > blocksize,status)
1743
1744        FTDOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1745        FTTOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1746        FTIOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1747-
1748
1749>2 Open an existing FITS file with readonly or readwrite access
1750   and move to a following extension, if one was specified as
1751   part of the filename.  (e.g.,  'filename.fits+2' or
1752   'filename.fits[2]' will move to the 3rd HDU in the file).
1753   Note that this routine differs from FTOPEN in that it does not
1754>  have the redundant blocksize argument.
1755-
1756        FTNOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
1757-
1758>3  Reopen a FITS file that was previously opened with
1759    FTOPEN, FTNOPN, or FTINIT.  The newunit number
1760    may then be treated as a separate file, and one may
1761    simultaneously read or write to 2 (or more)  different extensions in
1762    the same file.   The FTOPEN and FTNOPN routines (above) automatically
1763    detects cases where a previously opened file is being opened again,
1764    and then internally call FTREOPEN, so programs should rarely
1765>   need to explicitly call this routine.
1766-
1767       FTREOPEN(unit, > newunit, status)
1768-
1769>4 Open and initialize a new empty FITS file.
1770   The FTDKINIT routine simply creates the specified
1771   file without trying to interpret the filename using the extended
1772>  filename syntax.
1773-
1774       FTINIT(unit,filename,blocksize, > status)
1775       FTDKINIT(unit,filename,blocksize, > status)
1776-
1777
1778>5   Create a new FITS file, using a template file to define its
1779  initial size and structure.  The template may be another FITS HDU
1780  or an ASCII template file.  If the input template file name
1781  is blank, then this routine behaves the same as FTINIT.
1782  The currently supported format of the ASCII template file is described
1783  under the fits\_parse\_template routine (in the general Utilities
1784  section), but this may change slightly later releases of
1785> CFITSIO.
1786-
1787       FTTPLT(unit, filename, tplfilename, > status)
1788-
1789>6 Flush internal buffers of data to the output FITS file
1790   previously opened with ftopen or ftinit.  The routine usually
1791   never needs to be called, but doing so will ensure that
1792   if the program subsequently aborts, then the FITS file will
1793>  have at least been closed properly.
1794-
1795        FTFLUS(unit, > status)
1796-
1797>>7 Close a FITS file previously opened with ftopen or ftinit
1798-
1799        FTCLOS(unit, > status)
1800-
1801>8  Close and DELETE a FITS file previously opened with ftopen or ftinit.
1802    This routine may be  useful in cases where a FITS file is created, but
1803>   an error occurs which prevents the complete file from being written.
1804-
1805        FTDELT(unit, > status)
1806-
1807>9  Get the value of an unused I/O unit number which may then be used
1808    as input to FTOPEN or FTINIT.  This routine searches for the first
1809    unused unit number in the range from with 99 down to 50.   This
1810    routine just keeps an internal list of the allocated unit numbers
1811    and does not physically check that the Fortran unit is available (to be
1812    compatible with the SPP version of FITSIO).  Thus users must not
1813    independently allocate any unit numbers in the range 50 - 99
1814    if this routine is also to be used in the same program.  This
1815    routine is provided for convenience only, and it is not required
1816>   that the unit numbers used by FITSIO be allocated by this routine.
1817-
1818        FTGIOU( > iounit, status)
1819-
1820>10  Free (deallocate) an I/O unit number which was previously allocated
1821    with FTGIOU.   All previously allocated unit numbers may be
1822>   deallocated at once by calling FTFIOU with iounit = -1.
1823-
1824        FTFIOU(iounit, > status)
1825-
1826>11  Return the Fortran unit number that corresponds to the C fitsfile
1827pointer value, or vice versa.  These 2 C routines may be useful in
1828mixed language programs where both C and Fortran subroutines need
1829to access the same file.  For example, if a FITS file is opened
1830with unit 12 by a Fortran subroutine, then a C routine within the
1831same program could get the fitfile pointer value to access the same file
1832by calling  'fptr = CUnit2FITS(12)'.  These routines return a value
1833>of zero if an error occurs.
1834-
1835      int       CFITS2Unit(fitsfile *ptr);
1836      fitsfile* CUnit2FITS(int unit);
1837-
1838
1839>11  Parse the input filename and return the HDU number that would be
1840moved to if the file were opened with FTNOPN.    The returned HDU
1841number begins with 1 for the primary array, so for example, if the
1842input filename = `myfile.fits[2]' then hdunum = 3 will be returned.
1843FITSIO does not open the file to check if the extension actually exists
1844if an extension number is specified. If an extension *name* is included
1845in the file name specification (e.g.  `myfile.fits[EVENTS]' then this
1846routine will have to open the FITS file and look for the position of
1847the named extension, then close file again.  This is not possible if
1848the file is being read from the stdin stream, and an error will be
1849returned in this case.  If the filename does not specify an explicit
1850extension (e.g. 'myfile.fits') then hdunum = -99 will be returned,
1851which is functionally equivalent to hdunum = 1. This routine is mainly
1852used for backward compatibility in the ftools software package and is
1853not recommended for general use.  It is generally better and more
1854efficient to first open the FITS file with FTNOPN, then use FTGHDN to
1855determine which HDU in the file has been opened, rather than calling
1856> FTEXTN followed by a call to FTNOPN.
1857-
1858        FTEXTN(filename, > nhdu, status)
1859-
1860>>12 Return the name of the opened FITS file.
1861-
1862        FTFLNM(unit, > filename, status)
1863-
1864>>13 Return the I/O mode of the open FITS file (READONLY = 0, READWRITE = 1).
1865-
1866        FTFLMD(unit, > iomode, status)
1867-
1868>14 Return the file type of the opened FITS file (e.g. 'file://', 'ftp://',
1869>  etc.).
1870-
1871        FTURLT(unit, > urltype, status)
1872-
1873>15  Parse the input filename or URL into its component parts: the file
1874type (file://, ftp://, http://, etc), the base input file name, the
1875name of the output file that the input file is to be copied to prior
1876to opening, the HDU or extension specification, the filtering
1877specifier, the binning specifier, and the column specifier.  Blank
1878strings will be returned for any components that are not present
1879>in the input file name.
1880-
1881       FTIURL(filename, > filetype, infile, outfile, extspec, filter,
1882               binspec, colspec, status)
1883-
1884>16 Parse the input file name and return the root file name.  The root
1885name includes the file type if specified, (e.g.  'ftp://' or 'http://')
1886and the full path name, to the extent that it is specified in the input
1887filename.  It does not include the HDU name or number, or any filtering
1888>specifications.
1889-
1890       FTRTNM(filename, > rootname, status)
1891-
1892
1893>16 Test if the input file or a compressed version of the file (with
1894a .gz, .Z, .z, or .zip extension) exists on disk.  The returned value of
1895the 'exists' parameter will have 1 of the 4 following values:
1896-
1897   2:  the file does not exist, but a compressed version does exist
1898   1:  the disk file does exist
1899   0:  neither the file nor a compressed version of the file exist
1900  -1:  the input file name is not a disk file (could be a ftp, http,
1901       smem, or mem file, or a file piped in on the STDIN stream)
1902-
1903>
1904-
1905      FTEXIST(filename, > exists, status);
1906-
1907**B.  HDU-Level Operations \label{FTMAHD}
1908
1909When a FITS file is first opened or created, the internal buffers in
1910FITSIO automatically point to the first HDU in the file.  The following
1911routines may be used to move to another HDU in the file.  Note that
1912the HDU numbering convention used in FITSIO  denotes the primary array
1913as the first HDU, the first extension in a FITS file is the second HDU,
1914and so on.
1915
1916>1  Move to a specified (absolute) HDU in the FITS file (nhdu = 1 for the
1917>   FITS primary array)
1918-
1919        FTMAHD(unit,nhdu, > hdutype,status)
1920-
1921>>2 Move to a new (existing) HDU forward or backwards relative to the CHDU
1922-
1923        FTMRHD(unit,nmove, > hdutype,status)
1924-
1925>3  Move to the (first) HDU which has the specified extension type and
1926    EXTNAME (or HDUNAME) and EXTVER keyword values.  The hdutype parameter
1927    may have
1928    a value of IMAGE\_HDU (0), ASCII\_TBL (1), BINARY\_TBL (2), or ANY\_HDU (-1)
1929    where ANY\_HDU means that only the extname and extver values will be
1930    used to locate the correct extension.  If the input value of
1931    extver is 0 then the EXTVER keyword is ignored and the first HDU
1932    with a matching EXTNAME (or HDUNAME) keyword will be found.  If no
1933    matching HDU is found in the file then the current HDU will remain
1934    unchanged
1935>   and a status = BAD\_HDU\_NUM (301) will be returned.
1936-
1937        FTMNHD(unit, hdutype, extname, extver, > status)
1938-
1939>>4 Get the number of the current HDU in the FITS file (primary array = 1)
1940-
1941        FTGHDN(unit, > nhdu)
1942-
1943>5  Return the type of the current HDU in the FITS file.  The possible
1944>   values for hdutype are IMAGE\_HDU (0), ASCII\_TBL (1), or BINARY\_TBL (2).
1945-
1946        FTGHDT(unit, > hdutype, status)
1947-
1948>6  Return the total number of HDUs in the FITS file.
1949>   The CHDU remains unchanged.
1950-
1951        FTTHDU(unit, > hdunum, status)
1952-
1953>7 Create (append) a new empty HDU at the end of the FITS file.  This
1954    new HDU becomes the Current HDU, but it is completely empty and contains
1955    no header keywords or data.  It is recommended that FTIIMG, FTITAB or
1956>   FTIBIN be used instead of this routine.
1957-
1958        FTCRHD(unit, > status)
1959-
1960
1961>8  Create a primary array (if none already exists), or insert a
1962    new IMAGE extension immediately following the CHDU, or
1963    insert a new Primary Array at the beginning of the file.  Any
1964    following extensions in the file will be shifted down to make room
1965    for the new extension.  If the CHDU is the last HDU in the file
1966    then the new image extension will simply be appended to the end of
1967    the file.   One can force a new primary array to be inserted at the
1968    beginning of the FITS file by setting status = -9 prior
1969    to calling the routine.  In this case the existing primary array will be
1970    converted to an IMAGE extension. The new extension (or primary
1971    array) will become the CHDU.  The FTIIMGLL routine is identical
1972    to the FTIIMG routine except that the 4th parameter (the length
1973    of each axis) is an array of 64-bit integers rather than an array
1974>   of 32-bit integers.
1975-
1976        FTIIMG(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes, > status)
1977        FTIIMGLL(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxesll, > status)
1978-
1979>9  Insert a new ASCII TABLE extension immediately following the CHDU.
1980    Any following extensions will be shifted down to make room for
1981    the new extension.  If there are no other following extensions
1982    then the new table extension will simply be appended to the
1983    end of the file.  The new extension will become the CHDU. The FTITABLL
1984    routine is identical
1985    to the FTITAB routine except that the 2nd and 3rd parameters (that give
1986    the size of the table) are 64-bit integers rather than
1987>   32-bit integers.
1988-
1989        FTITAB(unit,rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
1990               status)
1991        FTITABLL(unit,rowlenll,nrowsll,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
1992               status)
1993-
1994
1995>10  Insert a new binary table extension immediately following the CHDU.
1996    Any following extensions will be shifted down to make room for
1997    the new extension.  If there are no other following extensions
1998    then the new bintable extension will simply be appended to the
1999    end of the file.  The new extension will become the CHDU. The FTIBINLL
2000    routine is identical
2001    to the FTIBIN routine except that the 2nd parameter (that gives
2002    the length of the table) is a 64-bit integer rather than
2003>   a 32-bit integer.
2004-
2005        FTIBIN(unit,nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat > status)
2006        FTIBINLL(unit,nrowsll,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat > status)
2007
2008-
2009
2010>11  Resize an image by modifing the size, dimensions, and/or datatype of the
2011    current primary array or image extension. If the new image, as specified
2012    by the input arguments, is larger than the current existing image
2013    in the FITS file then zero fill data will be inserted at the end
2014    of the current image and any following extensions will be moved
2015    further back in the file.  Similarly, if the new image is
2016    smaller than the current image then any following extensions
2017    will be shifted up towards the beginning of the FITS file
2018    and the image data will be truncated to the new size.
2019    This routine rewrites the BITPIX, NAXIS, and NAXISn keywords
2020    with the appropriate values for new image. The FTRSIMLL routine is identical
2021    to the FTRSIM routine except that the 4th parameter (the length
2022    of each axis) is an array of 64-bit integers rather than an array
2023>   of 32-bit integers.
2024-
2025        FTRSIM(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes,status)
2026        FTRSIMLL(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxesll,status)
2027-
2028>12 Delete the CHDU in the FITS file.  Any following HDUs will be shifted
2029    forward in the file, to fill in the gap created by the deleted
2030    HDU.  In the case of deleting the primary array (the first HDU in
2031    the file) then the current primary array will be replace by a null
2032    primary array containing the minimum set of required keywords and
2033    no data.  If there are more extensions in the file following the
2034    one that is deleted, then the the CHDU will be redefined to point
2035    to the following extension.  If there are no following extensions
2036    then the CHDU will be redefined to point to the previous HDU.  The
2037    output HDUTYPE parameter indicates the type of the new CHDU after
2038>   the previous CHDU has been deleted.
2039-
2040        FTDHDU(unit, > hdutype,status)
2041-
2042>13  Copy all or part of the input FITS file and append it
2043    to the end of the output FITS file.  If 'previous' (an integer parameter) is
2044    not equal to 0, then any HDUs preceding the current HDU in the input file
2045    will be copied to the output file.  Similarly, 'current' and 'following'
2046    determine whether the current HDU, and/or any following HDUs in the input
2047    file will be copied to the output file. If all 3 parameters are not equal
2048    to zero, then the entire input file will be copied.  On return, the current
2049    HDU in the input file will be unchanged, and the last copied HDU will be the
2050>   current HDU in the output file.
2051-
2052        FTCPFL(iunit, ounit, previous, current, following, > status)
2053-
2054>14 Copy the entire CHDU from the FITS file associated with IUNIT to the CHDU
2055    of the FITS file associated with OUNIT. The output HDU must be empty and
2056    not already contain any keywords.  Space will be reserved for MOREKEYS
2057    additional  keywords in the output header if there is not already enough
2058>   space.
2059-
2060        FTCOPY(iunit,ounit,morekeys, > status)
2061-
2062>15 Copy the header (and not the data) from the CHDU associated with inunit
2063    to the CHDU associated with outunit.  If the current output HDU
2064    is not completely empty, then the CHDU will be closed and a new
2065    HDU will be appended to the output file.  This routine will automatically
2066    transform the necessary keywords when copying a primary array to
2067    and image extension, or an image extension to a primary array.
2068>   An empty output data unit will be created (all values = 0).
2069-
2070        FTCPHD(inunit, outunit, > status)
2071-
2072>16 Copy just the data from the CHDU associated with IUNIT
2073    to the CHDU associated with OUNIT. This will overwrite
2074    any data previously in the OUNIT CHDU.  This low level routine is used
2075    by FTCOPY, but it may also be useful in certain application programs
2076    which want to copy the data from one FITS file to another but also
2077    want to modify the header keywords in the process. all the required
2078    header keywords must be written to the OUNIT CHDU before calling
2079>   this routine
2080-
2081        FTCPDT(iunit,ounit, > status)
2082-
2083
2084**C.  Define or Redefine the structure of the CHDU \label{FTRDEF}
2085
2086It should rarely be necessary to call the subroutines in this section.
2087FITSIO internally calls these routines whenever necessary, so any calls
2088to these routines by application programs will likely be redundant.
2089
2090>1  This routine forces FITSIO to scan the current header keywords that
2091    define the structure of the HDU (such as the NAXISn, PCOUNT and GCOUNT
2092    keywords) so that it can initialize the internal buffers that describe
2093    the HDU structure.  This routine may be used instead of the more
2094    complicated calls to ftpdef, ftadef or ftbdef.  This routine is
2095    also very useful for reinitializing the structure of an HDU,
2096    if the number of rows in a table, as specified by the NAXIS2 keyword,
2097>   has been modified from its initial value.
2098-
2099        FTRDEF(unit, > status)   (DEPRECATED)
2100-
2101>2 Define the structure of the primary array or IMAGE extension.  When
2102   writing GROUPed FITS files that by convention set the NAXIS1 keyword
2103   equal to 0, ftpdef must be called with naxes(1) = 1, NOT 0, otherwise
2104   FITSIO will report an error status=308 when trying to write data
2105   to a group. Note: it is usually simpler to call FTRDEF rather
2106>  than this routine.
2107-
2108        FTPDEF(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes,pcount,gcount, > status)  (DEPRECATED)
2109-
2110>3  Define the structure of an ASCII table (TABLE) extension. Note: it
2111>   is usually simpler to call FTRDEF rather than this routine.
2112-
2113        FTADEF(unit,rowlen,tfields,tbcol,tform,nrows > status) (DEPRECATED)
2114-
2115>4  Define the structure of a binary table (BINTABLE) extension. Note: it
2116>   is usually simpler to call FTRDEF rather than this routine.
2117-
2118        FTBDEF(unit,tfields,tform,varidat,nrows > status) (DEPRECATED)
2119-
2120>5  Define the size of the Current Data Unit, overriding the length
2121    of the data unit as previously defined by ftpdef, ftadef, or ftbdef.
2122    This is useful if one does not know the total size of the data unit until
2123    after the data have been written.  The size (in bytes) of an ASCII or
2124    Binary table is given by NAXIS1 * NAXIS2.  (Note that to determine the
2125    value of NAXIS1 it is often more convenient to read the value of the
2126    NAXIS1 keyword from the output file, rather than computing the row
2127    length directly from all the TFORM keyword values).  Note: it
2128>   is usually simpler to call FTRDEF rather than this routine.
2129-
2130        FTDDEF(unit,bytlen, > status) (DEPRECATED)
2131-
2132>6  Define the zero indexed byte offset of the 'heap' measured from
2133    the start of the binary table data.  By default the heap is assumed
2134    to start immediately following the regular table data, i.e., at
2135    location NAXIS1 x NAXIS2.  This routine is only relevant for
2136    binary tables which contain variable length array columns (with
2137    TFORMn = 'Pt').  This subroutine also automatically writes
2138    the value of theap to a keyword in the extension header.  This
2139    subroutine must be called after the required keywords have been
2140    written (with ftphbn) and after the table structure has been defined
2141>   (with ftbdef) but before any data is written to the table.
2142-
2143        FTPTHP(unit,theap, > status)
2144-
2145
2146**D.  FITS Header I/O Subroutines
2147
2148***1.  Header Space and Position Routines \label{FTHDEF}
2149
2150>1  Reserve space in the CHU for MOREKEYS more header keywords.
2151    This subroutine may be called to reserve space for keywords which are
2152    to be written at a later time, after the data unit or subsequent
2153    extensions have been written to the FITS file.  If this subroutine is
2154    not explicitly called, then the initial size of the FITS header will be
2155    limited to the space available at the time that  the first data is written
2156    to the associated data unit.   FITSIO has the ability to dynamically
2157    add more space to the header if needed, however it is more efficient
2158>   to preallocate the required space if the size is known in advance.
2159-
2160        FTHDEF(unit,morekeys, > status)
2161-
2162>2  Return the number of existing keywords in the CHU (NOT including the
2163    END keyword which is not considered a real keyword) and the remaining
2164    space available to write additional keywords in the CHU.  (returns
2165    KEYSADD = -1 if the header has not yet been closed).
2166    Note that FITSIO will attempt to dynamically add space for more
2167>   keywords if required when appending new keywords to a header.
2168-
2169        FTGHSP(iunit, > keysexist,keysadd,status)
2170-
2171>3  Return the number of keywords in the header and the current position
2172    in the header.  This returns the number of the keyword record that
2173    will be read next (or one greater than the position of the last keyword
2174    that was read or written). A value of 1 is returned if the pointer is
2175>   positioned at the beginning of the header.
2176-
2177        FTGHPS(iunit, > keysexist,key_no,status)
2178-
2179***2.  Read or Write Standard Header Routines \label{FTPHPR}
2180
2181These subroutines provide a simple method of reading or writing most of
2182the keyword values that are normally required in a FITS files.  These
2183subroutines are provided for convenience only and are not required to
2184be used.  If preferred, users may call the lower-level subroutines
2185described in the previous section to individually read or write the
2186required keywords.  Note that in most cases, the required keywords such
2187as NAXIS, TFIELD, TTYPEn, etc, which define the structure of the HDU
2188must be written to the header before any data can be written to the
2189image or table.
2190
2191>1  Put the primary header or IMAGE extension keywords into the CHU.
2192There are 2 available routines: The simpler FTPHPS routine is
2193equivalent to calling ftphpr with the default values of SIMPLE = true,
2194pcount = 0, gcount = 1, and EXTEND = true.  PCOUNT, GCOUNT and EXTEND
2195keywords are not required in the primary header and are only written if
2196pcount is not equal to zero, gcount is not equal to zero or one, and if
2197extend is TRUE, respectively.  When writing to an IMAGE extension, the
2198>SIMPLE and EXTEND parameters are ignored.
2199-
2200        FTPHPS(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes, > status)
2201
2202        FTPHPR(unit,simple,bitpix,naxis,naxes,pcount,gcount,extend, > status)
2203-
2204>2  Get primary header or IMAGE extension keywords from the CHU.  When
2205    reading from an IMAGE extension the SIMPLE and EXTEND parameters are
2206>   ignored.
2207-
2208        FTGHPR(unit,maxdim, > simple,bitpix,naxis,naxes,pcount,gcount,extend,
2209               status)
2210-
2211>3  Put the ASCII table header keywords into the CHU. The optional
2212TUNITn and EXTNAME keywords are written only if the input string
2213>values are not blank.
2214-
2215        FTPHTB(unit,rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
2216               status)
2217-
2218>>4  Get the ASCII table header keywords from the CHU
2219-
2220        FTGHTB(unit,maxdim, > rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,
2221               extname,status)
2222-
2223>5 Put the binary table header keywords into the CHU. The optional
2224   TUNITn and EXTNAME keywords are written only if the input string
2225   values are not blank.  The pcount parameter, which specifies the
2226   size of the variable length array heap, should initially = 0;
2227   FITSIO will automatically update the PCOUNT keyword value if any
2228   variable length array data is written to the heap.  The TFORM keyword
2229   value for variable length vector columns should have the form 'Pt(len)'
2230   or '1Pt(len)' where `t' is the data type code letter (A,I,J,E,D, etc.)
2231   and  `len' is an integer specifying the maximum length of the vectors
2232   in that column (len must be greater than or equal to the longest
2233   vector in the column).  If `len' is not specified when the table is
2234   created (e.g., the input TFORMn value is just '1Pt') then FITSIO will
2235   scan the column when the table is first closed and will append the
2236   maximum length to the TFORM keyword value.  Note that if the table
2237   is subsequently modified to increase the maximum length of the vectors
2238   then the modifying program is responsible for also updating the TFORM
2239>  keyword value.
2240
2241-
2242        FTPHBN(unit,nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat, > status)
2243-
2244>>6 Get the binary table header keywords from the CHU
2245-
2246        FTGHBN(unit,maxdim, > nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat,
2247               status)
2248-
2249***3.  Write Keyword Subroutines \label{FTPREC}
2250
2251>>1 Put (append) an 80-character record into the CHU.
2252-
2253        FTPREC(unit,card, > status)
2254-
2255>2  Put (append) a COMMENT keyword into the CHU.  Multiple COMMENT keywords
2256>   will be written if the input comment string is longer than 72 characters.
2257-
2258        FTPCOM(unit,comment, > status)
2259-
2260>3 Put (append) a HISTORY keyword into the CHU.  Multiple HISTORY keywords
2261>   will be written if the input history string is longer than 72 characters.
2262-
2263        FTPHIS(unit,history, > status)
2264-
2265>4  Put (append) the DATE keyword into the CHU.  The keyword value will contain
2266    the current system date as a character string in 'dd/mm/yy' format. If
2267    a DATE keyword already exists in the header, then this subroutine will
2268>   simply update the keyword value in-place with the current date.
2269-
2270        FTPDAT(unit, > status)
2271-
2272>5  Put (append) a new keyword of the appropriate datatype into the CHU.
2273    Note that FTPKYS will only write string values up to 68 characters in
2274    length; longer strings will be truncated.  The FTPKLS routine can be
2275    used to write longer strings, using a non-standard FITS convention.
2276     The E and D versions of this routine have the added feature that
2277     if the 'decimals' parameter is negative, then the 'G' display
2278     format rather then the 'E' format will be used when constructing
2279     the keyword value, taking the absolute value of 'decimals' for the
2280     precision.  This will suppress trailing zeros, and will use a
2281     fixed format rather than an exponential format,
2282>    depending on the magnitude of the value.
2283-
2284        FTPKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
2285        FTPKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
2286-
2287>6  Put (append) a string valued keyword into the CHU which may be longer
2288    than 68 characters in length.  This uses the Long String Keyword
2289    convention that is described in the "Usage Guidelines and Suggestions"
2290    section of this document.  Since this uses a non-standard FITS
2291    convention to encode the long keyword string, programs which use
2292    this routine should also call the FTPLSW routine to add some COMMENT
2293    keywords to warn users of the FITS file that this convention is
2294    being used.  FTPLSW also writes a keyword called LONGSTRN to record
2295    the version of the longstring convention that has been used, in case
2296    a new convention is adopted at some point in the future.   If the
2297    LONGSTRN keyword is already present in the header, then FTPLSW will
2298>   simply return and will not write duplicate keywords.
2299-
2300        FTPKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
2301        FTPLSW(unit, > status)
2302-
2303>7  Put (append) a new keyword with an undefined, or null, value into the CHU.
2304>   The value string of the keyword is left blank in this case.
2305-
2306        FTPKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
2307-
2308>8  Put (append) a numbered sequence of keywords into the CHU.   One may
2309    append the same comment to every keyword (and eliminate the need
2310    to have an array of identical comment strings, one for each keyword) by
2311    including the ampersand character as the last non-blank character in the
2312    (first) COMMENTS string parameter.  This same string
2313    will then be used for the comment field in all the keywords. (Note
2314    that the SPP version of these routines only supports a single comment
2315>   string).
2316-
2317        FTPKN[JKLS](unit,keyroot,startno,no_keys,keyvals,comments, > status)
2318        FTPKN[EDFG](unit,keyroot,startno,no_keys,keyvals,decimals,comments, >
2319                   status)
2320-
2321>9 Copy an indexed keyword from one HDU to another, modifying
2322    the index number of the keyword name in the process.  For example,
2323    this routine could read the TLMIN3 keyword from the input HDU
2324    (by giving keyroot = "TLMIN" and innum = 3) and write it to the
2325    output HDU with the keyword name TLMIN4 (by setting outnum = 4).
2326    If the input keyword does not exist, then this routine simply
2327>   returns without indicating an error.
2328-
2329        FTCPKY(inunit, outunit, innum, outnum, keyroot, > status)
2330-
2331>10 Put (append) a 'triple precision' keyword into the CHU in F28.16 format.
2332    The floating point keyword value is constructed by concatenating the
2333    input integer value with the input double precision fraction value
2334    (which must have a value between 0.0 and 1.0). The FTGKYT routine should
2335    be used to read this keyword value, because the other keyword reading
2336>   subroutines will not preserve the full precision of the value.
2337-
2338        FTPKYT(unit,keyword,intval,dblval,comment, > status)
2339-
2340>11 Write keywords to the CHDU that are defined in an ASCII template file.
2341   The format of the template file is described under the ftgthd
2342>  routine below.
2343-
2344        FTPKTP(unit, filename, > status)
2345-
2346>12 Append the physical units string to an existing keyword.  This
2347    routine uses a local convention, shown in the following example,
2348    in which the keyword units are enclosed in square brackets in the
2349>   beginning of the keyword comment field.
2350
2351-
2352     VELOCITY=                 12.3 / [km/s] orbital speed
2353
2354        FTPUNT(unit,keyword,units, > status)
2355-
2356***4.  Insert Keyword Subroutines \label{FTIREC}
2357
2358>1  Insert a new keyword record into the CHU at the specified position
2359    (i.e., immediately preceding the (keyno)th keyword in the header.)
2360    This 'insert record' subroutine is somewhat less efficient
2361    then the 'append record' subroutine (FTPREC) described above because
2362>   the remaining keywords in the header have to be shifted down one slot.
2363-
2364        FTIREC(unit,key_no,card, > status)
2365-
2366>2  Insert a new keyword into the CHU.  The new keyword is inserted
2367    immediately following the last keyword that has been read from the header.
2368    The FTIKLS subroutine works the same as the FTIKYS subroutine, except
2369    it also supports long string values greater than 68 characters in length.
2370    These 'insert keyword' subroutines are somewhat less efficient then
2371    the 'append keyword' subroutines described above because the remaining
2372>   keywords in the header have to be shifted down one slot.
2373-
2374        FTIKEY(unit, card, > status)
2375        FTIKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
2376        FTIKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
2377        FTIKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
2378-
2379>3  Insert a new keyword with an undefined, or null, value into the CHU.
2380>   The value string of the keyword is left blank in this case.
2381-
2382        FTIKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
2383-
2384***5.  Read Keyword Subroutines \label{FTGREC}
2385
2386These routines return the value of the specified keyword(s).  Wild card
2387characters (*, ?, or \#) may be used when specifying the name of the keyword
2388to be read: a '?' will match any single character at that position in the
2389keyword name and a '*' will match any length (including zero) string of
2390characters.  The '\#' character will match any consecutive string of
2391decimal digits (0 - 9). Note that when a wild card is used in the input
2392keyword name, the routine will only search for a match from the current
2393header position to the end of the header.  It will not resume the search
2394from the top of the header back to the original header position as is done
2395when no wildcards are included in the keyword name.  If the desired
2396keyword string is 8-characters long (the maximum length of a keyword
2397name) then a '*' may be appended as the ninth character of the input
2398name to force the keyword search to stop at the end of the header
2399(e.g., 'COMMENT *' will search for the next COMMENT keyword).  The
2400ffgrec routine may be used to set the starting position when doing
2401wild card searches.
2402
2403>1 Get the nth 80-character header record from the CHU.  The first keyword
2404   in the header is at key\_no = 1;  if key\_no = 0 then this subroutine
2405   simple moves the internal pointer to the beginning of the header
2406   so that subsequent keyword operations will start at the top of
2407>  the header; it also returns a blank card value in this case.
2408-
2409        FTGREC(unit,key_no, > card,status)
2410-
2411>2  Get the name, value (as a string), and comment of the nth keyword in CHU.
2412    This routine also checks that the returned keyword name (KEYWORD) contains
2413    only legal ASCII characters.  Call FTGREC and FTPSVC to bypass this error
2414>   check.
2415-
2416        FTGKYN(unit,key_no, > keyword,value,comment,status)
2417-
2418>>3  Get the 80-character header record for the named keyword
2419-
2420        FTGCRD(unit,keyword, > card,status)
2421-
2422>4  Get the next keyword whose name matches one of the strings in
2423    'inclist' but does not match any of the strings in 'exclist'.
2424    The strings in inclist and exclist may contain wild card characters
2425    (*, ?, and \#) as described at the beginning of this section.
2426    This routine searches from the current header position to the
2427    end of the header, only, and does not continue the search from
2428    the top of the header back to the original position.  The current
2429    header position may be reset with the ftgrec routine.  Note
2430    that nexc may be set = 0 if there are no keywords to be excluded.
2431    This routine returns status = 202 if a matching
2432>   keyword is not found.
2433-
2434        FTGNXK(unit,inclist,ninc,exclist,nexc, > card,status)
2435-
2436>5   Get the literal keyword value as a character string.  Regardless
2437     of the datatype of the keyword, this routine simply returns the
2438     string of characters in the value field of the keyword along with
2439>    the comment field.
2440-
2441        FTGKEY(unit,keyword, > value,comment,status)
2442-
2443>6  Get a keyword value (with the appropriate datatype) and comment from
2444>   the CHU
2445-
2446        FTGKY[EDJKLS](unit,keyword, > keyval,comment,status)
2447-
2448>7  Read a string-valued keyword and return the string length, the value string,
2449    and/or the comment field. The first routine, FTGKSL, simply
2450    returns the length of the character string value of the specified keyword.
2451    The second routine, FTGSKY, also returns up to maxchar characters
2452    of the keyword value string, starting with the firstchar character,
2453    and the keyword comment string.
2454    The length argument returns the total length of the keyword value string
2455    regardless of how much of the string is actually returned (which
2456    depends on the value of the firstchar and maxchar arguments).  These
2457    routines support string keywords that use the CONTINUE convention to
2458    continue long string values over multiple FITS header records.  Normally,
2459    string-valued keywords have a maximum length of 68 characters, however,
2460>   CONTINUE'd string keywords may be arbitrarily long.
2461-
2462       FTGKSL(unit,keyword, > length,status)
2463       FTGSKY(unit,keyword,firstchar,maxchar,> keyval,length,comment,status)
2464-
2465>8  Get a sequence of numbered keyword values.  These
2466>   routines do not support wild card characters in the root name.
2467-
2468        FTGKN[EDJKLS](unit,keyroot,startno,max_keys, > keyvals,nfound,status)
2469-
2470>9  Get the value of a floating point keyword, returning the integer and
2471    fractional parts of the value in separate subroutine arguments.
2472    This subroutine may be used to read any keyword but is especially
2473>   useful for reading the 'triple precision' keywords written by FTPKYT.
2474-
2475        FTGKYT(unit,keyword, > intval,dblval,comment,status)
2476-
2477>10  Get the physical units string in an existing keyword.  This
2478    routine uses a local convention, shown in the following example,
2479    in which the keyword units are
2480    enclosed in square brackets in the beginning of the keyword comment
2481    field.  A blank string is returned if no units are defined
2482>    for the keyword.
2483-
2484    VELOCITY=                 12.3 / [km/s] orbital speed
2485
2486        FTGUNT(unit,keyword, > units,status)
2487-
2488***6.  Modify Keyword Subroutines \label{FTMREC}
2489
2490Wild card characters, as described in the Read Keyword section, above,
2491may be used when specifying the name of the keyword to be modified.
2492
2493>>1  Modify (overwrite) the nth 80-character header record in the CHU
2494-
2495        FTMREC(unit,key_no,card, > status)
2496-
2497>2  Modify (overwrite) the 80-character header record for the named keyword
2498    in the CHU.  This can be used to overwrite the name of the keyword as
2499>   well as its value and comment fields.
2500-
2501        FTMCRD(unit,keyword,card, > status)
2502-
2503>3  Modify (overwrite) the name of an existing keyword in the CHU
2504>   preserving the current value and comment fields.
2505-
2506        FTMNAM(unit,oldkey,keyword, > status)
2507-
2508>>4  Modify (overwrite) the comment field of an existing keyword in the CHU
2509-
2510        FTMCOM(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
2511-
2512>5  Modify the value and comment fields of an existing keyword in the CHU.
2513    The FTMKLS subroutine works the same as the FTMKYS subroutine, except
2514    it also supports long string values greater than 68 characters in length.
2515    Optionally, one may modify only the value field and leave the comment
2516    field unchanged by setting the input COMMENT parameter equal to
2517    the ampersand character (\&).
2518     The E and D versions of this routine have the added feature that
2519     if the 'decimals' parameter is negative, then the 'G' display
2520     format rather then the 'E' format will be used when constructing
2521     the keyword value, taking the absolute value of 'decimals' for the
2522     precision.  This will suppress trailing zeros, and will use a
2523     fixed format rather than an exponential format,
2524>    depending on the magnitude of the value.
2525-
2526        FTMKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
2527        FTMKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
2528        FTMKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
2529-
2530>6  Modify the value of an existing keyword to be undefined, or null.
2531    The value string of the keyword is set to blank.
2532    Optionally, one may leave the comment field unchanged by setting the
2533>   input COMMENT parameter equal to the ampersand character (\&).
2534-
2535        FTMKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
2536-
2537***7.  Update Keyword Subroutines \label{FTUCRD}
2538
2539>1  Update an 80-character record in the CHU.  If the specified keyword
2540    already exists then that header record will be replaced with
2541    the input CARD string.  If it does not exist then the new record will
2542    be added to the header.
2543    The FTUKLS subroutine works the same as the FTUKYS subroutine, except
2544>   it also supports long string values greater than 68 characters in length.
2545-
2546        FTUCRD(unit,keyword,card, > status)
2547-
2548>2  Update the value and comment fields of a keyword in the CHU.
2549    The specified keyword is modified if it already exists (by calling
2550    FTMKYx) otherwise a new keyword is created by calling FTPKYx.
2551     The E and D versions of this routine have the added feature that
2552     if the 'decimals' parameter is negative, then the 'G' display
2553     format rather then the 'E' format will be used when constructing
2554     the keyword value, taking the absolute value of 'decimals' for the
2555     precision.  This will suppress trailing zeros, and will use a
2556     fixed format rather than an exponential format,
2557>    depending on the magnitude of the value.
2558-
2559        FTUKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
2560        FTUKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
2561        FTUKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
2562-
2563>3  Update the value of an existing keyword to be undefined, or null,
2564    or insert a new undefined-value keyword if it doesn't already exist.
2565>   The value string of the keyword is left blank in this case.
2566-
2567        FTUKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
2568-
2569***8.  Delete Keyword Subroutines \label{FTDREC}
2570
2571>1  Delete an existing keyword record.  The space previously occupied by
2572    the keyword is reclaimed by moving all the following header records up
2573    one row in the header.  The first routine deletes a keyword at a
2574    specified position in the header (the first keyword is at position 1),
2575    whereas the second routine deletes a specifically named keyword.
2576    Wild card characters, as described in the Read Keyword section, above,
2577    may be used when specifying the name of the keyword to be deleted
2578>   (be careful!).
2579-
2580        FTDREC(unit,key_no, > status)
2581        FTDKEY(unit,keyword, > status)
2582-
2583
2584**F.  Data Scaling and Undefined Pixel Parameters  \label{FTPSCL}
2585
2586These subroutines define or modify the internal parameters used by
2587FITSIO to either scale the data or to represent undefined pixels.
2588Generally FITSIO will scale the data according to the values of the BSCALE
2589and BZERO (or TSCALn and TZEROn) keywords, however these subroutines
2590may be used to override the keyword values.  This may be useful when
2591one wants to read or write the raw unscaled values in the FITS file.
2592Similarly, FITSIO generally uses the value of the BLANK or TNULLn
2593keyword to signify an undefined pixel, but these routines may be used
2594to override this value.  These subroutines do not create or modify the
2595corresponding header keyword values.
2596
2597>1  Reset the scaling factors in the primary array or image extension; does
2598    not change the BSCALE and BZERO keyword values and only affects the
2599    automatic scaling performed when the data elements are written/read
2600    to/from the FITS file.   When reading from a FITS file the returned
2601    data value = (the value given in the FITS array) * BSCALE + BZERO.
2602    The inverse formula is used when writing data values to the FITS
2603    file.  (NOTE: BSCALE and BZERO must be declared as Double Precision
2604>   variables).
2605-
2606        FTPSCL(unit,bscale,bzero, > status)
2607-
2608>2  Reset the scaling parameters for a table column; does not change
2609    the TSCALn or TZEROn keyword values and only affects the automatic
2610    scaling performed when the data elements are written/read to/from
2611    the FITS file.  When reading from a FITS file the returned data
2612    value = (the value given in the FITS array) * TSCAL + TZERO.  The
2613    inverse formula is used when writing data values to the FITS file.
2614    (NOTE: TSCAL and TZERO  must be declared as Double Precision
2615>   variables).
2616-
2617        FTTSCL(unit,colnum,tscal,tzero, > status)
2618-
2619>3  Define the integer value to be used to signify undefined pixels in the
2620    primary array or image extension.  This is only used if BITPIX = 8, 16,
2621    32. or 64  This does not create or change the value of the BLANK keyword in
2622    the header. FTPNULLL is identical to FTPNUL except that the blank
2623>   value is a 64-bit integer instead of a 32-bit integer.
2624-
2625        FTPNUL(unit,blank, > status)
2626        FTPNULLL(unit,blankll, > status)
2627-
2628>4  Define the string to be used to signify undefined pixels in
2629    a column in an ASCII table.  This does not create or change the value
2630>   of the TNULLn keyword.
2631-
2632        FTSNUL(unit,colnum,snull > status)
2633-
2634>5  Define the value to be used to signify undefined pixels in
2635    an integer column in a binary table (where TFORMn = 'B', 'I', 'J', or 'K').
2636    This does not create or  change the value of the TNULLn keyword.
2637    FTTNULLL is identical to FTTNUL except that the tnull
2638>   value is a 64-bit integer instead of a 32-bit integer.
2639-
2640        FTTNUL(unit,colnum,tnull > status)
2641        FTTNULLL(unit,colnum,tnullll > status)
2642-
2643
2644**G.  FITS Primary Array or IMAGE Extension I/O Subroutines \label{FTPPR}
2645
2646    These subroutines put or get data values in the primary data array
2647(i.e., the first HDU in the FITS file) or an IMAGE extension.  The
2648data array is represented as a single one-dimensional array of
2649pixels regardless of the actual dimensionality of the array, and the
2650FPIXEL parameter gives the position within this 1-D array of the first
2651pixel to read  or write.  Automatic data type conversion is performed
2652for numeric data (except for complex data types) if the data type of
2653the primary array (defined by the BITPIX keyword) differs from the data
2654type of the array in the calling subroutine.  The data values are also
2655scaled by the BSCALE and BZERO header values as they are being written
2656or read from the FITS array.  The ftpscl subroutine MUST be
2657called to define the scaling parameters when writing data to the FITS
2658array or to override the default scaling value given in the header when
2659reading the FITS array.
2660
2661    Two sets of subroutines are provided to read the data array which
2662differ in the way undefined pixels are handled.  The first set of
2663routines (FTGPVx) simply return an array of data elements in which
2664undefined pixels are set equal to a value specified by the user in the
2665'nullval' parameter.  An additional feature of these subroutines is
2666that if the user sets nullval = 0, then no checks for undefined pixels
2667will be performed, thus increasing the speed of the program.  The
2668second set of routines (FTGPFx) returns the data element array and, in
2669addition, a logical array which defines whether the corresponding data
2670pixel is undefined.  The latter set of subroutines may be more
2671convenient to use in some circumstances, however, it requires an
2672additional array of logical values which can be unwieldy when working
2673with large data arrays.  Also for programmer convenience, sets of
2674subroutines to directly read or write 2 and 3 dimensional arrays  have
2675been provided, as well as a set of subroutines to read or write any
2676contiguous rectangular subset of pixels within the n-dimensional array.
2677
2678>1  Get the data type of the image (= BITPIX value).  Possible returned
2679    values are: 8, 16, 32, 64, -32, or -64 corresponding to unsigned byte,
2680    signed 2-byte integer, signed 4-byte integer, signed 8-byte integer,
2681    real, and double.
2682
2683    The second subroutine is similar to FTGIDT, except that if the image
2684    pixel values are scaled, with non-default values for the BZERO and
2685    BSCALE keywords, then this routine will return the 'equivalent'
2686    data type that is needed to store the scaled values.  For example,
2687    if BITPIX = 16 and BSCALE = 0.1 then the equivalent data type is
2688    floating point, and -32 will be returned.  There are 2 special cases:
2689    if the image contains unsigned 2-byte integer values, with BITPIX =
2690    16, BSCALE = 1, and BZERO = 32768, then this routine will return
2691    a non-standard value of 20 for the bitpix value.  Similarly if the
2692    image contains unsigned 4-byte integers, then bitpix will
2693>   be returned with a value of 40.
2694
2695-
2696        FTGIDT(unit, > bitpix,status)
2697        FTGIET(unit, > bitpix,status)
2698-
2699>>2  Get the dimension (number of axes = NAXIS) of the image
2700-
2701        FTGIDM(unit, > naxis,status)
2702-
2703>3   Get the size of all the dimensions of the image. The FTGISZLL
2704>    routine returns an array of 64-bit integers instead of 32-bit integers.
2705-
2706        FTGISZ(unit, maxdim, > naxes,status)
2707        FTGISZLL(unit, maxdim, > naxesll,status)
2708-
2709>4   Get the parameters that define the type and size of the image.  This
2710     routine simply combines calls to the above 3 routines. The FTGIPRLL
2711>    routine returns an array of 64-bit integers instead of 32-bit integers.
2712
2713-
2714        FTGIPR(unit, maxdim, > bitpix, naxis, naxes, int *status)
2715        FTGIPRLL(unit, maxdim, > bitpix, naxis, naxesll, int *status)
2716-
2717>>5 Put elements into the data array
2718-
2719        FTPPR[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,values, > status)
2720-
2721>6 Put elements into the data array, substituting the appropriate FITS null
2722   value for all elements which are equal to the value of NULLVAL.  For
2723   integer FITS arrays, the null value defined by the previous call to FTPNUL
2724   will be substituted;  for floating point FITS arrays (BITPIX = -32
2725   or -64) then the special IEEE NaN (Not-a-Number) value will be
2726>  substituted.
2727-
2728        FTPPN[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,values,nullval > status)
2729-
2730>>7 Set data array elements as undefined
2731-
2732        FTPPRU(unit,group,fpixel,nelements, > status)
2733-
2734>8  Get elements from the data array.  Undefined array elements will be
2735    returned with a value = nullval, unless nullval = 0 in which case no
2736>   checks for undefined pixels will be performed.
2737-
2738        FTGPV[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,nullval, > values,anyf,status)
2739-
2740>9  Get elements and nullflags from data array.
2741    Any undefined array elements will have the corresponding flagvals element
2742>   set equal to .TRUE.
2743-
2744        FTGPF[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements, > values,flagvals,anyf,status)
2745-
2746>>10  Put values into group parameters
2747-
2748        FTPGP[BIJKED](unit,group,fparm,nparm,values, > status)
2749-
2750>>11  Get values from group parameters
2751-
2752        FTGGP[BIJKED](unit,group,fparm,nparm, > values,status)
2753-
2754The following 4 subroutines transfer FITS images with 2 or 3 dimensions
2755to or from a data array which has been declared in the calling program.
2756The dimensionality of the FITS image is passed by the naxis1, naxis2,
2757and naxis3 parameters and the declared dimensions of the program array
2758are passed in the dim1 and dim2 parameters.  Note that the program array
2759does not have to have the same dimensions as the FITS array, but must
2760be at least as big.  For example if a FITS image with NAXIS1 = NAXIS2 = 400
2761is read into a program array which is dimensioned as 512 x 512 pixels,
2762then the image will just fill the lower left corner of the array
2763with pixels in the range 1 - 400 in the X an Y directions.  This has
2764the effect of taking a contiguous set of pixel value in the FITS array
2765and writing them to a non-contiguous array in program memory
2766(i.e., there are now some blank pixels around the edge of the image
2767in the program array).
2768
2769>>11  Put 2-D image into the data array
2770-
2771        FTP2D[BIJKED](unit,group,dim1,naxis1,naxis2,image, > status)
2772-
2773>>12  Put 3-D cube into the data array
2774-
2775        FTP3D[BIJKED](unit,group,dim1,dim2,naxis1,naxis2,naxis3,cube, > status)
2776-
2777>13  Get 2-D image from the data array.  Undefined
2778     pixels in the array will be set equal to the value of 'nullval',
2779     unless nullval=0 in which case no testing for undefined pixels will
2780>    be performed.
2781-
2782        FTG2D[BIJKED](unit,group,nullval,dim1,naxis1,naxis2, > image,anyf,status)
2783-
2784>14 Get 3-D cube from the data array.   Undefined
2785    pixels in the array will be set equal to the value of 'nullval',
2786    unless nullval=0 in which case no testing for undefined pixels will
2787>   be performed.
2788-
2789        FTG3D[BIJKED](unit,group,nullval,dim1,dim2,naxis1,naxis2,naxis3, >
2790                     cube,anyf,status)
2791-
2792
2793The following subroutines transfer a rectangular subset of the pixels
2794in a FITS N-dimensional image to or from an array which has been
2795declared in the calling program.  The fpixels and lpixels parameters
2796are integer arrays which specify the starting and ending pixels in each
2797dimension of the FITS image that are to be read or written.  (Note that
2798these are the starting and ending pixels in the FITS image, not in the
2799declared array). The array parameter is treated simply as a large
2800one-dimensional array of the appropriate datatype containing the pixel
2801values; The pixel values in the FITS array are read/written  from/to
2802this program array in strict sequence without any gaps;  it is up to
2803the calling routine to correctly interpret the dimensionality of this
2804array.  The two families of FITS reading routines (FTGSVx and FTGSFx
2805subroutines) also have an 'incs' parameter which defines the
2806data sampling interval in each dimension of the FITS array.  For
2807example, if incs(1)=2 and incs(2)=3 when reading a 2-dimensional
2808FITS image, then only every other pixel in the first dimension
2809and every 3rd pixel in the second dimension will be returned in
2810the 'array' parameter. [Note: the FTGSSx family of routines which
2811were present in previous versions of FITSIO have been superseded
2812by the more general FTGSVx family of routines.]
2813
2814>>15   Put an arbitrary data subsection into the data array.
2815-
2816        FTPSS[BIJKED](unit,group,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,array, > status)
2817-
2818>16    Get an arbitrary data subsection from the data array.  Undefined
2819       pixels in the array will be set equal to the value of 'nullval',
2820       unless nullval=0 in which case no testing for undefined pixels will
2821>      be performed.
2822-
2823        FTGSV[BIJKED](unit,group,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs,nullval, >
2824                     array,anyf,status)
2825-
2826>17    Get an arbitrary data subsection from the data array.  Any Undefined
2827       pixels in the array will have the corresponding 'flagvals'
2828>      element set equal to .TRUE.
2829-
2830        FTGSF[BIJKED](unit,group,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs, >
2831                     array,flagvals,anyf,status)
2832-
2833
2834**H.  FITS ASCII and Binary Table Data I/O Subroutines
2835
2836***1.  Column Information Subroutines \label{FTGCNO}
2837
2838>1   Get the number of rows or columns in the current FITS table.
2839     The number of rows is given by the NAXIS2 keyword and the
2840     number of columns is given by the TFIELDS keyword in the header
2841     of the table.  The FTGNRWLL routine is identical to FTGNRW except
2842     that the number of rows is returned as a 64-bit integer rather
2843>    than a 32-bit integer.
2844-
2845        FTGNRW(unit, > nrows, status)
2846        FTGNRWLL(unit, > nrowsll, status)
2847        FTGNCL(unit, > ncols, status)
2848-
2849>2  Get the table column number (and name) of the column whose name
2850matches an input template name.  The table column names are defined by
2851the TTYPEn keywords in the FITS header.  If a column does not have a
2852TTYPEn keyword, then these routines assume that the name consists of
2853all blank characters.  These 2 subroutines perform the same function
2854except that FTGCNO only returns the number of the matching column whereas
2855FTGCNN also returns the name of the column.  If CASESEN = .true. then
2856the column name match will be case-sensitive.
2857
2858The input column name template (COLTEMPLATE) is (1) either the exact
2859name of the column to be searched for, or (2) it may contain wild cards
2860characters (*, ?, or \#), or (3) it may contain the number of the desired
2861column (where the number is expressed as ASCII digits).  The first 2 wild
2862cards behave similarly to UNIX filename matching:  the '*' character matches
2863any sequence of characters (including zero characters) and the '?'
2864character matches any single character.  The \# wildcard will match
2865any consecutive string of decimal digits (0-9).  As an example, the template
2866strings 'AB?DE', 'AB*E', and 'AB*CDE' will all match the string
2867'ABCDE'.  If more than one column name in the table matches the
2868template string, then the first match is returned and the status value
2869will be set to 237 as a warning that a unique match was not found.  To
2870find the other cases that match the template, simply call the
2871subroutine again leaving the input status value equal to  237 and the
2872next matching name will then be returned.  Repeat this process until a
2873status = 219 (column name not found) is returned.  If these subroutines
2874fail to match the template to any of the columns in the table, they
2875lastly check if the template can be interpreted as a simple positive
2876integer (e.g., '7', or '512') and if so, they return that column
2877number.  If no matches are found then a status = 219 error is
2878returned.
2879
2880Note that the FITS Standard recommends that only letters, digits, and
2881the underscore character be used in column names (with no embedded
2882>spaces in the name).  Trailing blank characters are not significant.
2883-
2884        FTGCNO(unit,casesen,coltemplate, > colnum,status)
2885        FTGCNN(unit,casesen,coltemplate, > colname,colnum,status)
2886-
2887>3  Get the datatype of a column in an ASCII or binary table.  This
2888    routine returns an integer code value corresponding to the datatype
2889    of the column. (See the FTBNFM and FTASFM subroutines in the Utilities
2890    section of this document for a list of the code values).  The vector
2891    repeat count (which is alway 1 for ASCII table columns) is also returned.
2892    If the specified column has an ASCII character datatype (code = 16) then
2893    the width of a unit string in the column is also returned.  Note that
2894    this routine supports the local convention for specifying arrays of
2895    strings within a binary table character column, using the syntax
2896    TFORM = 'rAw' where 'r' is the total number of characters (= the width
2897    of the column) and 'w' is the width of a unit string within the column.
2898    Thus if the column has TFORM = '60A12' then this routine will return
2899    datacode = 16, repeat = 60, and width = 12.  (The TDIMn
2900    keyword may also be used to specify the unit string length; The pair
2901    of keywords TFORMn = '60A' and TDIMn = '(12,5)'  would have the
2902    same effect as TFORMn = '60A12').
2903
2904   The second routine, FTEQTY is similar except that in
2905   the case of scaled integer columns it returns the 'equivalent' data
2906   type that is needed to store the scaled values, and not necessarily
2907   the physical data type of the unscaled values as stored in the FITS
2908   table.  For example if a '1I' column in a binary table has TSCALn =
2909   1 and TZEROn = 32768, then this column effectively contains unsigned
2910   short integer values, and thus the returned value of typecode will
2911   be the code for an unsigned short integer, not a signed short integer.
2912   Similarly, if a column has TTYPEn = '1I'
2913   and TSCALn = 0.12, then the returned typecode
2914>  will be the code for a 'real' column.
2915-
2916        FTGTCL(unit,colnum, > datacode,repeat,width,status)
2917        FTEQTY(unit,colnum, > datacode,repeat,width,status)
2918-
2919>4  Return the display width of a column.  This is the length
2920    of the string that will be returned
2921    when reading the column as a formatted string.  The display width is
2922    determined by the TDISPn keyword, if present, otherwise by the data
2923>   type of the column.
2924-
2925        FTGCDW(unit, colnum, > dispwidth, status)
2926-
2927>5  Get information about an existing ASCII table column.  (NOTE: TSCAL and
2928    TZERO must be declared as Double Precision variables).  All the
2929>   returned parameters are scalar quantities.
2930-
2931        FTGACL(unit,colnum, >
2932               ttype,tbcol,tunit,tform,tscal,tzero,snull,tdisp,status)
2933-
2934>6  Get information about an existing binary table column. (NOTE: TSCAL and
2935    TZERO must be declared as Double Precision variables). DATATYPE is a
2936    character string which returns the datatype of the column as defined
2937    by the TFORMn keyword (e.g., 'I', 'J','E', 'D', etc.).  In the case
2938    of an ASCII character column, DATATYPE will have a value of the
2939    form 'An' where 'n' is an integer expressing the width of the field
2940    in characters.  For example, if TFORM = '160A8' then FTGBCL will return
2941    DATATYPE='A8' and REPEAT=20.   All the returned parameters are scalar
2942>   quantities.
2943-
2944        FTGBCL(unit,colnum, >
2945               ttype,tunit,datatype,repeat,tscal,tzero,tnull,tdisp,status)
2946-
2947>7  Put (append) a TDIMn keyword whose value has the form '(l,m,n...)'
2948    where l, m, n... are the dimensions of a multidimensional array
2949>   column in a binary table.
2950-
2951        FTPTDM(unit,colnum,naxis,naxes, > status)
2952-
2953>8  Return the number of and size of the dimensions of a table column.
2954    Normally this information is given by the TDIMn keyword, but if
2955    this keyword is not present then this routine returns NAXIS = 1
2956>   and NAXES(1) equal to the repeat count in the TFORM keyword.
2957-
2958        FTGTDM(unit,colnum,maxdim, > naxis,naxes,status)
2959-
2960>9  Decode the input TDIMn keyword string (e.g. '(100,200)') and return the
2961    number of and size of the dimensions of a binary table column. If the input
2962    tdimstr character string is null, then this routine returns naxis = 1
2963    and naxes[0] equal to the repeat count in the TFORM keyword. This routine
2964>   is called by FTGTDM.
2965-
2966        FTDTDM(unit,tdimstr,colnum,maxdim, > naxis,naxes, status)
2967-
2968>10  Return the optimal number of rows to read or write at one time for
2969    maximum I/O efficiency.  Refer to the ``Optimizing Code'' section
2970>   in Chapter 5 for more discussion on how to use this routine.
2971
2972-
2973        FTGRSZ(unit, > nrows,status)
2974-
2975
2976***2.  Low-Level Table Access Subroutines \label{FTGTBS}
2977
2978The following subroutines provide low-level access to the data in ASCII
2979or binary tables and are mainly useful as an efficient way to copy all
2980or part of a table from one location to another.  These routines simply
2981read or write the specified number of consecutive bytes in an ASCII or
2982binary table, without regard for column boundaries or the row length in
2983the table.  The first two subroutines read or write consecutive bytes
2984in a table to or from a character string variable, while the last two
2985subroutines read or write consecutive bytes to or from a variable
2986declared as a numeric data type (e.g., INTEGER, INTEGER*2, REAL, DOUBLE
2987PRECISION).  These routines do not perform any machine dependent data
2988conversion or byte swapping, except that conversion to/from ASCII
2989format is performed by the FTGTBS and FTPTBS routines on machines which
2990do not use ASCII character codes in the internal data representations
2991(e.g., on IBM mainframe computers).
2992
2993>1  Read a consecutive string of characters from an ASCII table
2994    into a character variable (spanning columns and multiple rows if necessary)
2995    This routine should not be used with binary tables because of
2996>   complications related to passing string variables between C and Fortran.
2997-
2998        FTGTBS(unit,frow,startchar,nchars, > string,status)
2999-
3000>2  Write a consecutive string of characters to an ASCII table
3001    from a character variable (spanning columns and multiple rows if necessary)
3002    This routine should not be used with binary tables because of
3003>   complications related to passing string variables between C and Fortran.
3004-
3005        FTPTBS(unit,frow,startchar,nchars,string, > status)
3006-
3007>3  Read a consecutive array of bytes from an ASCII or binary table
3008    into a numeric variable (spanning columns and multiple rows if necessary).
3009    The array parameter may be declared as any numerical datatype as long
3010    as the array is at least 'nchars' bytes long, e.g., if nchars = 17,
3011>   then declare the array as INTEGER*4 ARRAY(5).
3012-
3013        FTGTBB(unit,frow,startchar,nchars, > array,status)
3014-
3015>4  Write a consecutive array of bytes to an ASCII or binary table
3016    from a numeric variable (spanning columns and multiple rows if necessary)
3017    The array parameter may be declared as any numerical datatype as long
3018    as the array is at least 'nchars' bytes long, e.g., if nchars = 17,
3019>   then declare the array as INTEGER*4 ARRAY(5).
3020-
3021        FTPTBB(unit,frow,startchar,nchars,array, > status)
3022-
3023
3024***3.  Edit Rows or Columns \label{FTIROW}
3025
3026>1  Insert blank rows into an existing ASCII or binary table (in the CDU).
3027    All the rows FOLLOWING row FROW are shifted down by NROWS rows.  If
3028    FROW or FROWLL equals 0 then the blank rows are inserted at the beginning of the
3029    table.  These routines modify the NAXIS2 keyword to reflect the new
3030    number of rows in the table.  Note that it is *not* necessary to insert rows in a table before
3031    writing data to those rows (indeed, it would be inefficient to do so).
3032    Instead, one may simply write data to any row of the table, whether that
3033>   row of data already exists or not.
3034-
3035        FTIROW(unit,frow,nrows, > status)
3036        FTIROWLL(unit,frowll,nrowsll, > status)
3037-
3038>2  Delete rows from an existing ASCII or binary table (in the CDU).
3039    The NROWS (or NROWSLL) is the number of rows are deleted, starting
3040    with row FROW (or FROWLL), and
3041    any remaining rows in the table are shifted up to fill in the space.
3042    These routines modify the NAXIS2 keyword to reflect the new number
3043>   of rows in the table.
3044-
3045        FTDROW(unit,frow,nrows, > status)
3046        FTDROWLL(unit,frowll,nrowsll, > status)
3047-
3048>3  Delete a list of rows from an ASCII or binary table (in the CDU).
3049    In the first routine, 'rowrange' is a character string listing the
3050    rows or row ranges to delete (e.g., '2-4, 5, 8-9'). In the second
3051    routine, 'rowlist' is an integer array of row numbers to be deleted
3052    from the table.  nrows is the number of row numbers in the list.
3053    The first row in the table is 1 not 0.  The list of row numbers
3054>   must be sorted in ascending order.
3055-
3056        FTDRRG(unit,rowrange, > status)
3057        FTDRWS(unit,rowlist,nrows, > status)
3058-
3059>4  Insert a blank column (or columns) into an existing ASCII or binary
3060    table (in the CDU).  COLNUM specifies the column number that the (first)
3061    new column should occupy in the table.  NCOLS specifies how many
3062    columns are to be inserted. Any existing columns from this position and
3063    higher are moved over to allow room for the new column(s).
3064    The index number on all the following keywords will be incremented
3065    if necessary to reflect the new position of the column(s) in the table:
3066    TBCOLn, TFORMn, TTYPEn, TUNITn, TNULLn, TSCALn, TZEROn, TDISPn, TDIMn,
3067    TLMINn, TLMAXn, TDMINn, TDMAXn, TCTYPn, TCRPXn, TCRVLn, TCDLTn, TCROTn,
3068>   and TCUNIn.
3069-
3070        FTICOL(unit,colnum,ttype,tform, > status)
3071        FTICLS(unit,colnum,ncols,ttype,tform, > status)
3072-
3073>5  Modify the vector length of a binary table column (e.g.,
3074    change a column from TFORMn = '1E' to '20E').  The vector
3075>   length may be increased or decreased from the current value.
3076-
3077        FTMVEC(unit,colnum,newveclen, > status)
3078-
3079>6  Delete a column from an existing ASCII or binary table (in the CDU).
3080    The index number of all the keywords listed above (for FTICOL) will be
3081    decremented if necessary to reflect the new position of the column(s) in
3082    the table.  Those index keywords that refer to the deleted column will
3083    also be deleted.  Note that the physical size of the FITS file will
3084    not be reduced by this operation, and the empty FITS blocks if any
3085>   at the end of the file will be padded with zeros.
3086-
3087        FTDCOL(unit,colnum, > status)
3088-
3089>7  Copy a column from one HDU to another (or to the same HDU).  If
3090    createcol = TRUE, then a new column will be inserted in the output
3091    table, at position `outcolumn', otherwise the existing output column will
3092    be overwritten (in which case it must have a compatible datatype).
3093>   Note that the first column in a table is at colnum = 1.
3094-
3095        FTCPCL(inunit,outunit,incolnum,outcolnum,createcol, > status);
3096-
3097***4.  Read and Write Column Data Routines \label{FTPCLS}
3098
3099These subroutines put or get data values in the current ASCII or Binary table
3100extension.  Automatic data type conversion is performed for numerical data
3101types (B,I,J,E,D) if the data type of the column (defined by the TFORM keyword)
3102differs from the data type of the calling subroutine.  The data values are also
3103scaled by the TSCALn and TZEROn header values as they are being written to
3104or read from the FITS array.  The fttscl subroutine MUST be used to define the
3105scaling parameters when writing data to the table or to override the default
3106scaling values given in the header when reading from the table.
3107Note that it is *not* necessary to insert rows in a table before
3108writing data to those rows (indeed, it would be inefficient to do so).
3109Instead, one may simply write data to any row of the table, whether that
3110row of data already exists or not.
3111
3112    In the case of binary tables with vector elements, the 'felem'
3113parameter defines the starting pixel within the element vector.  This
3114parameter is ignored with ASCII tables. Similarly, in the case of
3115binary tables the 'nelements' parameter specifies the total number of
3116vector values read or written (continuing on subsequent rows if
3117required) and not the number of table elements.  Two sets of
3118subroutines are provided to get the column data which differ in the way
3119undefined pixels are handled.  The first set of routines (FTGCV)
3120simply return an array of data elements in which undefined pixels are
3121set equal to a value specified by the user in the 'nullval' parameter.
3122An additional feature of these subroutines is that if the user sets
3123nullval = 0, then no checks for undefined pixels will be performed,
3124thus increasing the speed of the program.  The second set of routines
3125(FTGCF) returns the data element array and in addition a logical array
3126of flags which defines whether the corresponding data pixel is undefined.
3127
3128    Any column, regardless of it's intrinsic datatype, may be read as a
3129    string.  It should be noted however that reading a numeric column
3130    as a string is 10 - 100 times slower than reading the same column as
3131    a number due to the large overhead in constructing the formatted
3132    strings.    The display format of the returned strings will be
3133    determined by the TDISPn keyword, if it exists, otherwise by the
3134    datatype of the column.  The length of the returned strings can be
3135    determined with the ftgcdw routine.  The following TDISPn display
3136    formats are currently supported:
3137-
3138    Iw.m   Integer
3139    Ow.m   Octal integer
3140    Zw.m   Hexadecimal integer
3141    Fw.d   Fixed floating point
3142    Ew.d   Exponential floating point
3143    Dw.d   Exponential floating point
3144    Gw.d   General; uses Fw.d if significance not lost, else Ew.d
3145-
3146  where w is the width in characters of the displayed values, m is the minimum
3147  number of digits displayed, and d is the number of digits to the right of the
3148  decimal.  The .m field is optional.
3149
3150>1  Put elements into an ASCII or binary table column (in the CDU).
3151    (The SPP FSPCLS routine has an additional integer argument after
3152    the VALUES character string which specifies the size of the 1st
3153    dimension of this 2-D CHAR array).
3154
3155    The alternate version of these routines, whose names end in 'LL'
3156    after the datatype character, support large tables with more then
3157    2*31 rows.  When calling these routines, the frow and felem parameters
3158>   *must* be 64-bit integer*8 variables, instead of normal 4-byte integers.
3159-
3160        FTPCL[SLBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,values, > status)
3161        FTPCL[LBIJKEDCM]LL(unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,values, > status)
3162-
3163>2  Put elements into an ASCII or binary table column (in the CDU)
3164    substituting the appropriate FITS null value for any elements that
3165    are equal to NULLVAL.   For ASCII TABLE extensions, the
3166    null value defined by the previous call to FTSNUL will be substituted;
3167    For integer FITS columns, in a binary table  the null value
3168    defined by the previous call to FTTNUL will be substituted;
3169    For floating point FITS columns a special IEEE NaN (Not-a-Number)
3170    value will be substituted.
3171
3172    The alternate version of these routines, whose names end in 'LL'
3173    after the datatype character, support large tables with more then
3174    2*31 rows.  When calling these routines, the frow and felem parameters
3175>   *must* be 64-bit integer*8 variables, instead of normal 4-byte integers.
3176-
3177        FTPCN[SBIJKED](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,values,nullval > status)
3178        FTPCN[SBIJKED]LL(unit,colnum,(I*8) frow,(I*8) felem,nelements,values,
3179	                nullval > status)
3180-
3181>3  Put bit values into a binary byte ('B') or bit ('X') table column (in the
3182    CDU).  LRAY is an array of logical values corresponding to the sequence of
3183    bits to be written.  If LRAY is true then the corresponding bit is
3184    set to 1, otherwise the bit is set to 0.  Note that in the case of
3185    'X' columns, FITSIO will write to all 8 bits of each byte whether
3186    they are formally valid or not.  Thus if the column is defined as
3187    '4X', and one calls FTPCLX with  fbit=1 and nbit=8, then all 8 bits
3188    will be written into the first byte (as opposed to writing the
3189    first 4 bits into the first row and then the next 4 bits into the
3190    next row), even though the last 4 bits of each byte are formally
3191>   not defined.
3192-
3193        FTPCLX(unit,colnum,frow,fbit,nbit,lray, > status)
3194-
3195>>4  Set table elements in a column as undefined
3196-
3197        FTPCLU(unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements, > status)
3198-
3199>5  Get elements from an ASCII or binary table column (in the CDU).  These
3200    routines return the values of the table column array elements.  Undefined
3201    array elements will be returned with a value = nullval, unless nullval = 0
3202    (or = ' ' for ftgcvs) in which case no checking for undefined values will
3203    be performed. The ANYF parameter is set to true if any of the returned
3204    elements are undefined. (Note: the ftgcl routine simple gets an array
3205    of logical data values without any checks for undefined values;  use
3206    the ftgcfl routine to check for undefined logical elements).
3207    (The SPP FSGCVS routine has an additional integer argument after
3208    the VALUES character string which specifies the size of the 1st
3209    dimension of this 2-D CHAR array).
3210
3211    The alternate version of these routines, whose names end in 'LL'
3212    after the datatype character, support large tables with more then
3213    2*31 rows.  When calling these routines, the frow and felem parameters
3214>   *must* be 64-bit integer*8 variables, instead of normal 4-byte integers.
3215-
3216        FTGCL(unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements, > values,status)
3217        FTGCV[SBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,nullval, >
3218                       values,anyf,status)
3219        FTGCV[BIJKEDCM]LL(unit,colnum,(I*8) frow, (I*8) felem, nelements,
3220	               nullval, > values,anyf,status)
3221-
3222>6  Get elements and null flags from an ASCII or binary table column (in the
3223    CHDU).  These routines return the values of the table column array elements.
3224    Any undefined array elements will have the corresponding flagvals element
3225    set equal to .TRUE. The ANYF parameter is set to true if any of the
3226    returned elements are undefined.
3227    (The SPP FSGCFS routine has an additional integer argument after
3228    the VALUES character string which specifies the size of the 1st
3229    dimension of this 2-D CHAR array).
3230
3231    The alternate version of these routines, whose names end in 'LL'
3232    after the datatype character, support large tables with more then
3233    2*31 rows.  When calling these routines, the frow and felem parameters
3234>   *must* be 64-bit integer*8 variables, instead of normal 4-byte integers.
3235-
3236        FTGCF[SLBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements, >
3237                         values,flagvals,anyf,status)
3238        FTGCF[BIJKED]LL(unit,colnum, (I*8) frow, (I*8) felem,nelements, >
3239                         values,flagvals,anyf,status)
3240-
3241>7  Get an arbitrary data subsection from an N-dimensional array
3242    in a binary table vector column.  Undefined pixels
3243    in the array will be set equal to the value of 'nullval',
3244    unless nullval=0 in which case no testing for undefined pixels will
3245    be performed.  The first and last rows in the table to be read
3246    are specified by fpixels(naxis+1) and lpixels(naxis+1), and hence
3247    are treated as the next higher dimension of the FITS N-dimensional
3248    array.  The INCS parameter specifies the sampling interval in
3249>   each dimension between the data elements that will be returned.
3250-
3251        FTGSV[BIJKED](unit,colnum,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs,nullval, >
3252                     array,anyf,status)
3253-
3254>8  Get an arbitrary data subsection from an N-dimensional array
3255    in a binary table vector column.  Any Undefined
3256    pixels in the array will have the corresponding 'flagvals'
3257    element set equal to .TRUE.   The first and last rows in the table
3258    to be read are specified by fpixels(naxis+1) and lpixels(naxis+1),
3259    and hence are treated as the next higher dimension of the FITS
3260    N-dimensional array.  The INCS parameter specifies the sampling
3261    interval in each dimension between the data elements that will be
3262>   returned.
3263-
3264        FTGSF[BIJKED](unit,colnum,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs, >
3265                     array,flagvals,anyf,status)
3266-
3267>9  Get bit values from a byte ('B') or bit (`X`) table column (in the
3268    CDU).  LRAY is an array of logical values corresponding to the
3269    sequence of bits to be read.  If LRAY is true then the
3270    corresponding bit was set to 1, otherwise the bit was set to 0.
3271    Note that in the case of 'X' columns, FITSIO will read  all 8 bits
3272    of each byte whether they are formally valid or not.  Thus if the
3273    column is defined as '4X', and one calls FTGCX with  fbit=1 and
3274    nbit=8, then all 8 bits will be read from the first byte (as
3275    opposed to reading the first 4 bits from the first row and then the
3276    first 4 bits from the next row), even though the last 4 bits of
3277>   each byte are formally not defined.
3278-
3279        FTGCX(unit,colnum,frow,fbit,nbit, > lray,status)
3280-
3281>10 Read any consecutive set of bits from an 'X' or 'B' column and
3282    interpret them as an unsigned n-bit integer. NBIT must be less than
3283    or equal to 16 when calling FTGCXI, and less than or equal to 32 when
3284    calling FTGCXJ; there is no limit on the value of NBIT for FTGCXD, but
3285    the returned double precision value only has 48 bits of precision on
3286    most 32-bit word machines.  The NBITS bits are interpreted as an
3287    unsigned integer unless NBITS = 16 (in FTGCXI) or 32 (in FTGCXJ) in which
3288    case the string of bits are interpreted as 16-bit or 32-bit 2's
3289    complement signed integers.  If NROWS is greater than 1 then the
3290    same set of bits will be read from sequential rows in the table
3291    starting with row FROW.  Note that the numbering convention
3292    used here for the FBIT parameter adopts 1 for the first element of the
3293>   vector of bits;  this is the Most Significant Bit of the integer value.
3294-
3295        FTGCX[IJD](unit,colnum,frow,nrows,fbit,nbit, > array,status)
3296-
3297>11 Get the descriptor for a variable length column in a binary table.
3298    The descriptor consists of 2 integer parameters: the number of elements
3299    in the array and the starting offset relative to the start of the heap.
3300    The first routine returns a single descriptor whereas the second routine
3301>   returns the descriptors for a range of rows in the table.
3302-
3303        FTGDES(unit,colnum,rownum, > nelements,offset,status)
3304        FTGDESLL(unit,colnum,rownum, > nelementsll,offsetll,status)
3305
3306        FTGDESS(unit,colnum,firstrow,nrows > nelements,offset, status)
3307        FTGDESSLL(unit,colnum,firstrow,nrows > nelementsll,offsetll, status)
3308-
3309>12  Write the descriptor for a variable length column in a binary table.
3310    These subroutines can be used in conjunction with FTGDES to enable
3311    2 or more arrays to point to the same storage location to save
3312>   storage space if the arrays are identical.
3313-
3314        FTPDES(unit,colnum,rownum,nelements,offset, > status)
3315        FTPDESLL(unit,colnum,rownum,nelementsll,offsetll, > status)
3316-
3317
3318**I.  Row Selection and Calculator Routines \label{FTFROW}
3319
3320These routines all parse and evaluate an input string containing a user
3321defined arithmetic expression.  The first 3 routines select rows in a
3322FITS table, based on whether the expression evaluates to true (not
3323equal to zero) or false (zero).  The other routines evaluate the
3324expression and calculate a value for each row of the table.  The
3325allowed expression syntax is described in the row filter section in the
3326earlier `Extended File Name Syntax' chapter of this document.  The
3327expression may also be written to a text file, and the name of the
3328file, prepended with a '@' character may be supplied for the 'expr'
3329parameter (e.g.  '@filename.txt'). The  expression  in  the  file can
3330be arbitrarily complex and extend over multiple lines of the file.
3331Lines  that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will  be ignored and
3332may be used to add comments to the file.
3333
3334>1  Evaluate a boolean expression over the indicated rows, returning an
3335> array of flags indicating which rows evaluated to TRUE/FALSE
3336-
3337         FTFROW(unit,expr,firstrow, nrows, > n_good_rows, row_status, status)
3338-
3339>>2  Find the first row which satisfies the input boolean expression
3340-
3341         FTFFRW(unit, expr, > rownum, status)
3342-
3343>3 Evaluate an expression on all rows of a table.  If the input and output
3344files are not the same, copy the TRUE rows to the output file;  if the output
3345table is not empty, then this routine will append the new
3346selected rows after the existing rows.  If the
3347>files are the same, delete the FALSE rows (preserve the TRUE rows).
3348-
3349         FTSROW(inunit, outunit, expr, > status)
3350-
3351>4  Calculate an expression for the indicated rows of a table, returning
3352the results, cast as datatype (TSHORT, TDOUBLE, etc), in array.  If
3353nulval==NULL, UNDEFs will be zeroed out.  For vector results, the number
3354of elements returned may be less than nelements if nelements is not an
3355even multiple of the result dimension.  Call FTTEXP to obtain
3356>the dimensions of the results.
3357-
3358         FTCROW(unit,datatype,expr,firstrow,nelements,nulval, >
3359             array,anynul,status)
3360-
3361>5 Evaluate an expression and write the result either to a column (if
3362the expression is a function of other columns in the table) or to a
3363keyword (if the expression evaluates to a constant and is not a
3364function of other columns in the table).  In the former case, the
3365parName parameter is the name of the column (which may or may not already
3366exist) into which to write the results, and parInfo contains an
3367optional TFORM keyword value if a new column is being created.  If a
3368TFORM value is not specified then a default format will be used,
3369depending on the expression.  If the expression evaluates to a constant,
3370then the result will be written to the keyword name given by the
3371parName parameter, and the parInfo parameter may be used to supply an
3372optional comment for the keyword.  If the keyword does not already
3373exist, then the name of the keyword must be preceded with a '\#' character,
3374>otherwise the result will be written to a column with that name.
3375
3376-
3377         FTCALC(inunit, expr, outunit, parName, parInfo, > status)
3378-
3379>6  This calculator routine is similar to the previous routine, except
3380that the expression is only evaluated over the specified
3381row ranges.  nranges specifies the number of row ranges, and firstrow
3382>and lastrow give the starting and ending row number of each range.
3383-
3384         FTCALC_RNG(inunit, expr, outunit, parName, parInfo,
3385            nranges, firstrow, lastrow, > status)
3386-
3387>7 Evaluate the given expression and return dimension and type information
3388on the result.  The returned dimensions correspond to a single row entry
3389of the requested expression, and are equivalent to the result of fits\_read\_tdim().
3390Note that strings are considered to be one element regardless of string length.
3391>If maxdim == 0, then naxes is optional.
3392-
3393         FTTEXP(unit, expr, maxdim > datatype, nelem, naxis, naxes, status)
3394-
3395
3396
3397**J.  Celestial Coordinate System Subroutines \label{FTGICS}
3398
3399The FITS community has adopted a set of keyword conventions that define
3400the transformations needed to convert between pixel locations in an
3401image and the corresponding celestial coordinates on the sky, or more
3402generally, that define world coordinates that are to be associated with
3403any pixel location in an n-dimensional FITS array. CFITSIO is distributed
3404with a couple of self-contained World Coordinate System (WCS) routines,
3405however, these routines DO NOT support all the latest WCS conventions,
3406so it is STRONGLY RECOMMENDED that software developers use a more robust
3407external WCS library.  Several recommended libraries are:
3408-
3409  WCSLIB -  supported by Mark Calabretta
3410  WCSTools - supported by Doug Mink
3411  AST library - developed by the U.K. Starlink project
3412-
3413
3414More information about the WCS keyword conventions and links to all of
3415these WCS libraries can be found on the FITS Support Office web site at
3416http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov under the WCS link.
3417
3418The functions provided in these external WCS libraries will need access to
3419the  WCS information contained in the FITS file headers.  One convenient
3420way to pass this information to the external library is to use  FITSIO
3421to copy the header keywords into one long character string, and then
3422pass this string to an interface routine in the external library that
3423will extract the necessary WCS information (e.g., see the astFitsChan
3424and astPutCards routines in the Starlink AST library).
3425
3426The following FITSIO routines DO NOT support the more recent WCS conventions
3427that have been approved as part of the FITS standard.  Consequently,
3428the following routines ARE NOW DEPRECATED.  It is STRONGLY RECOMMENDED
3429that software developers not use these routines, and instead use an
3430external WCS library, as described above.
3431
3432These routines are included mainly for backward compatibility with
3433existing software.  They support the following standard map
3434projections: -SIN, -TAN, -ARC, -NCP, -GLS, -MER, and -AIT (these are the
3435legal values for the coordtype parameter).  These routines are based
3436on similar functions in Classic AIPS.  All the angular quantities are
3437given in units of degrees.
3438
3439>1  Get the values of all the standard FITS celestial coordinate system
3440    keywords from the header of a FITS image (i.e., the primary array or
3441    an image extension).  These values may then be passed to the subroutines
3442    that perform the coordinate transformations.  If any or all of the WCS
3443    keywords are not present, then default values will be returned. If
3444    the first coordinate axis is the declination-like coordinate, then
3445    this routine will swap them so that the longitudinal-like coordinate
3446    is returned as the first axis.
3447
3448    If the file uses the newer 'CDj\_i' WCS transformation matrix
3449    keywords instead of old style 'CDELTn' and 'CROTA2' keywords, then
3450    this routine will calculate and return the values of the equivalent
3451    old-style keywords.    Note that the conversion from the new-style
3452    keywords to the old-style values is sometimes only an
3453    approximation, so if the approximation is larger than an internally
3454    defined threshold level, then CFITSIO will still return the
3455    approximate WCS keyword values, but will also return with status =
3456    506, to warn the calling program that approximations have been
3457    made.  It is then up to the calling program to decide whether the
3458    approximations are sufficiently accurate for the particular
3459    application, or whether more precise WCS transformations must be
3460>   performed using new-style WCS keywords directly.
3461-
3462        FTGICS(unit, > xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,coordtype,status)
3463-
3464>2  Get the values of all the standard FITS celestial coordinate system
3465    keywords from the header of a FITS table where the X and Y (or RA and
3466    DEC coordinates are stored in 2 separate columns of the table.
3467    These values may then be passed to the subroutines that perform the
3468>   coordinate transformations.
3469-
3470        FTGTCS(unit,xcol,ycol, >
3471               xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,coordtype,status)
3472-
3473>3   Calculate the celestial coordinate corresponding to the input
3474>    X and Y pixel location in the image.
3475-
3476        FTWLDP(xpix,ypix,xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,
3477                          coordtype, > xpos,ypos,status)
3478-
3479>4   Calculate the X and Y pixel location corresponding to the input
3480>    celestial coordinate in the image.
3481-
3482        FTXYPX(xpos,ypos,xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,
3483                          coordtype, > xpix,ypix,status)
3484-
3485
3486**K.  File Checksum Subroutines \label{FTPCKS}
3487
3488The following routines either compute or validate the checksums for the
3489CHDU.  The DATASUM keyword is used to store the numerical value of the
349032-bit, 1's complement checksum for the data unit alone.  If there is
3491no data unit then the value is set to zero. The numerical value is
3492stored as an ASCII string of digits, enclosed in quotes, because the
3493value may be too large to represent as a 32-bit signed integer.  The
3494CHECKSUM keyword is used to store the ASCII encoded COMPLEMENT of the
3495checksum for the entire HDU.  Storing the complement, rather than the
3496actual checksum, forces the checksum for the whole HDU to equal zero.
3497If the file has been modified since the checksums were computed, then
3498the HDU checksum will usually not equal zero.  These checksum keyword
3499conventions are based on a paper by Rob Seaman published in the
3500proceedings of the ADASS IV conference in Baltimore in November 1994
3501and a later revision in June 1995.
3502
3503>1  Compute and write the DATASUM and CHECKSUM keyword values for the CHDU
3504    into the current header.  The DATASUM value is the 32-bit checksum
3505    for the data unit, expressed as a decimal integer enclosed in single
3506    quotes. The CHECKSUM keyword value is a 16-character string which
3507    is the ASCII-encoded value for the complement of the checksum for
3508    the whole HDU.  If these keywords already exist, their values
3509    will be updated only if necessary (i.e., if the file has been modified
3510>   since the original keyword values were computed).
3511-
3512        FTPCKS(unit, > status)
3513-
3514>2  Update the CHECKSUM keyword value in the CHDU, assuming that the
3515    DATASUM keyword exists and already has the correct value.  This routine
3516    calculates the new checksum for the current header unit, adds it to the
3517    data unit checksum, encodes the value into an ASCII string, and writes
3518>   the string to the CHECKSUM keyword.
3519-
3520        FTUCKS(unit, > status)
3521-
3522>3  Verify the CHDU by computing the checksums and comparing
3523    them with the keywords.  The data unit is verified correctly
3524    if the computed checksum equals the value of the DATASUM
3525    keyword.  The checksum for the entire HDU (header plus data unit) is
3526    correct if it equals zero.  The output DATAOK and HDUOK parameters
3527    in this subroutine are integers which will have a value = 1
3528    if the data or HDU is verified correctly, a value = 0
3529    if the DATASUM or CHECKSUM keyword is not present, or value = -1
3530>   if the computed checksum is not correct.
3531-
3532        FTVCKS(unit, > dataok,hduok,status)
3533-
3534>4  Compute and return the checksum values for the CHDU (as
3535    double precision variables) without creating or modifying the
3536    CHECKSUM and DATASUM keywords.  This routine is used internally by
3537>   FTVCKS, but may be useful in other situations as well.
3538-
3539        FTGCKS(unit, > datasum,hdusum,status)
3540-
3541>5  Encode a checksum value (stored in a double precision variable)
3542    into a 16-character string.  If COMPLEMENT = .true. then the 32-bit
3543>   sum value will be complemented before encoding.
3544-
3545        FTESUM(sum,complement, > checksum)
3546-
3547>6  Decode a 16 character checksum string into a double precision value.
3548    If COMPLEMENT = .true. then the 32-bit sum value will be complemented
3549>   after decoding.
3550-
3551        FTDSUM(checksum,complement, > sum)
3552-
3553
3554**L.   Date and Time Utility Routines \label{FTGSDT}
3555
3556The following routines help to construct or parse the FITS date/time
3557strings.   Starting in the year 2000, the FITS DATE keyword values (and
3558the values of other `DATE-' keywords) must have the form 'YYYY-MM-DD'
3559(date only) or 'YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.ddd...' (date and time) where the
3560number of decimal places in the seconds value is optional.  These times
3561are in UTC.  The older 'dd/mm/yy' date format may not be used for dates
3562after 01 January 2000.
3563
3564>1  Get the current system date.  The returned year has 4 digits
3565>    (1999, 2000, etc.)
3566-
3567        FTGSDT( > day, month, year, status )
3568-
3569
3570>2  Get the current system date and time string ('YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss').
3571The time will be in UTC/GMT if available, as indicated by a returned timeref
3572value = 0.  If the returned value of timeref = 1 then this indicates that
3573it was not possible to convert the local time to UTC, and thus the local
3574>time was returned.
3575-
3576        FTGSTM(> datestr, timeref, status)
3577-
3578
3579>3  Construct a date string from the input date values.  If the year
3580is between 1900 and 1998, inclusive, then the returned date string will
3581have the old FITS format ('dd/mm/yy'), otherwise the date string will
3582have the new FITS format ('YYYY-MM-DD').  Use FTTM2S instead
3583> to always return a date string using the new FITS format.
3584-
3585        FTDT2S( year, month, day, > datestr, status)
3586-
3587
3588>4  Construct a new-format date + time string ('YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.ddd...').
3589  If the year, month, and day values all = 0 then only the time is encoded
3590  with format 'hh:mm:ss.ddd...'.  The decimals parameter specifies how many
3591  decimal places of fractional seconds to include in the string.  If `decimals'
3592> is negative, then only the date will be return ('YYYY-MM-DD').
3593-
3594        FTTM2S( year, month, day, hour, minute, second, decimals,
3595                > datestr, status)
3596-
3597
3598>5  Return the date as read from the input string, where the string may be
3599in either the old ('dd/mm/yy')  or new ('YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss' or
3600>'YYYY-MM-DD') FITS format.
3601-
3602        FTS2DT(datestr, > year, month, day, status)
3603-
3604
3605>6  Return the date and time as read from the input string, where the
3606string may be in either the old  or new FITS format.  The returned hours,
3607minutes, and seconds values will be set to zero if the input string
3608does not include the time ('dd/mm/yy' or 'YYYY-MM-DD') .  Similarly,
3609the returned year, month, and date values will be set to zero if the
3610>date is not included in the input string ('hh:mm:ss.ddd...').
3611-
3612        FTS2TM(datestr, > year, month, day, hour, minute, second, status)
3613-
3614
3615**M.  General Utility Subroutines \label{FTGHAD}
3616
3617The following utility subroutines may be useful for certain applications:
3618
3619>>1  Return the starting byte address of the CHDU and the next HDU.
3620-
3621        FTGHAD(iunit, > curaddr, nextaddr)
3622-
3623>>2  Convert a character string to uppercase (operates in place).
3624-
3625        FTUPCH(string)
3626-
3627>3  Compare the input template string against the reference string
3628    to see if they match.  The template string may contain wildcard
3629    characters: '*' will match any sequence of characters (including
3630    zero characters) and '?' will match any single character in the
3631    reference string. The '\#' character will match any consecutive string
3632    of decimal digits (0 - 9).  If CASESN = .true. then the match will be
3633    case sensitive.  The returned MATCH parameter will be .true. if
3634    the 2 strings match, and EXACT will be .true. if the match is
3635    exact (i.e., if no wildcard characters were used in the match).
3636>   Both strings must be 68 characters or less in length.
3637-
3638        FTCMPS(str_template, string, casesen, > match, exact)
3639-
3640
3641>4  Test that the keyword name contains only legal characters: A-Z,0-9,
3642>   hyphen, and underscore.
3643-
3644        FTTKEY(keyword, > status)
3645-
3646>5  Test that the keyword record contains only legal printable ASCII
3647>     characters
3648-
3649        FTTREC(card, > status)
3650-
3651>6  Test whether the current header contains any NULL (ASCII 0) characters.
3652    These characters are illegal in the header, but they will go undetected
3653    by most of the CFITSIO keyword header routines, because the null is
3654    interpreted as the normal end-of-string terminator.  This routine returns
3655    the position of the first null character in the header, or zero if there
3656    are no nulls.  For example a returned value of 110 would indicate that
3657    the first NULL is located in the 30th character of the second keyword
3658    in the header (recall that each header record is 80 characters long).
3659    Note that this is one of the few FITSIO routines in which the returned
3660>   value is not necessarily equal to the status value).
3661-
3662        FTNCHK(unit, > status)
3663-
3664>7  Parse a header keyword record and return the name of the keyword
3665    and the length of the name.
3666    The keyword name normally occupies the first 8 characters of the
3667    record, except under the HIERARCH convention where the name can
3668>   be up to 70 characters in length.
3669-
3670        FTGKNM(card, > keyname, keylength, staThe '\#' character will match any consecutive string
3671    of decimal digits (0 - 9). tus)
3672-
3673>8  Parse a header keyword record.
3674    This subroutine parses the input header record to return the value (as
3675    a character string) and comment strings.  If the keyword has no
3676    value (columns 9-10 not equal to '= '), then the value string is returned
3677    blank and the comment string is set equal to column 9 - 80 of the
3678>   input string.
3679-
3680        FTPSVC(card, > value,comment,status)
3681-
3682>9  Construct a properly formated 80-character header keyword record from the
3683    input keyword name, keyword value, and keyword comment strings.
3684    Hierarchical keyword names (e.g., "ESO TELE CAM") are supported.
3685    The value string may contain an integer, floating point, logical, or
3686    quoted character string (e.g., "12", "15.7", "T",
3687>    or "'NGC 1313'").
3688-
3689        FTMKKY(keyname, value, comment, > card, status)
3690-
3691>10 Construct a sequence keyword name (ROOT + nnn).
3692    This subroutine appends the sequence number to the root string to create
3693>   a keyword name (e.g., 'NAXIS' + 2 = 'NAXIS2')
3694-
3695        FTKEYN(keyroot,seq_no, > keyword,status)
3696-
3697>11 Construct a sequence keyword name (n + ROOT).
3698    This subroutine concatenates the sequence number to the front of the
3699>   root string to create a keyword name (e.g., 1 + 'CTYP' = '1CTYP')
3700-
3701        FTNKEY(seq_no,keyroot, > keyword,status)
3702-
3703>12 Determine the datatype of a keyword value string.
3704    This subroutine parses the keyword value string (usually columns 11-30
3705>   of the header record) to determine its datatype.
3706-
3707        FTDTYP(value, > dtype,status)
3708-
3709>13 Return the class of input header record.  The record is classified
3710    into one of the following categories (the class values are
3711    defined in fitsio.h).  Note that this is one of the few FITSIO
3712>   routines that does not return a status value.
3713-
3714       Class  Value             Keywords
3715  TYP_STRUC_KEY  10  SIMPLE, BITPIX, NAXIS, NAXISn, EXTEND, BLOCKED,
3716                     GROUPS, PCOUNT, GCOUNT, END
3717                     XTENSION, TFIELDS, TTYPEn, TBCOLn, TFORMn, THEAP,
3718                     and the first 4 COMMENT keywords in the primary array
3719                     that define the FITS format.
3720  TYP_CMPRS_KEY  20  The keywords used in the compressed image  or table
3721                     format, including ZIMAGE, ZCMPTYPE, ZNAMEn, ZVALn,
3722                     ZTILEn, ZBITPIX, ZNAXISn, ZSCALE, ZZERO, ZBLANK
3723  TYP_SCAL_KEY   30  BSCALE, BZERO, TSCALn, TZEROn
3724  TYP_NULL_KEY   40  BLANK, TNULLn
3725  TYP_DIM_KEY    50  TDIMn
3726  TYP_RANG_KEY   60  TLMINn, TLMAXn, TDMINn, TDMAXn, DATAMIN, DATAMAX
3727  TYP_UNIT_KEY   70  BUNIT, TUNITn
3728  TYP_DISP_KEY   80  TDISPn
3729  TYP_HDUID_KEY  90  EXTNAME, EXTVER, EXTLEVEL, HDUNAME, HDUVER, HDULEVEL
3730  TYP_CKSUM_KEY 100  CHECKSUM, DATASUM
3731  TYP_WCS_KEY   110  CTYPEn, CUNITn, CRVALn, CRPIXn, CROTAn, CDELTn
3732                     CDj_is, PVj_ms, LONPOLEs, LATPOLEs
3733                     TCTYPn, TCTYns, TCUNIn, TCUNns, TCRVLn, TCRVns, TCRPXn,
3734                     TCRPks, TCDn_k, TCn_ks, TPVn_m, TPn_ms, TCDLTn, TCROTn
3735                     jCTYPn, jCTYns, jCUNIn, jCUNns, jCRVLn, jCRVns, iCRPXn,
3736                     iCRPns, jiCDn,  jiCDns, jPVn_m, jPn_ms, jCDLTn, jCROTn
3737                     (i,j,m,n are integers, s is any letter)
3738  TYP_REFSYS_KEY 120 EQUINOXs, EPOCH, MJD-OBSs, RADECSYS, RADESYSs
3739  TYP_COMM_KEY   130 COMMENT, HISTORY, (blank keyword)
3740  TYP_CONT_KEY   140 CONTINUE
3741  TYP_USER_KEY   150 all other keywords
3742
3743         class = FTGKCL (char *card)
3744-
3745>14 Parse the 'TFORM' binary table column format string.
3746    This subroutine parses the input TFORM character string and returns the
3747    integer datatype code, the repeat count of the field, and, in the case
3748    of character string fields, the length of the unit string.  The following
3749    datatype codes are returned (the negative of the value is returned
3750>   if the column contains variable-length arrays):
3751-
3752                Datatype                DATACODE value
3753                bit, X                   1
3754                byte, B                 11
3755                logical, L              14
3756                ASCII character, A      16
3757                short integer, I        21
3758                integer, J              41
3759                real, E                 42
3760                double precision, D     82
3761                complex                 83
3762                double complex          163
3763
3764        FTBNFM(tform, > datacode,repeat,width,status)
3765-
3766>15 Parse the 'TFORM' keyword value that defines the column format in
3767    an ASCII table.  This routine parses the input TFORM character
3768    string and returns the datatype code, the width of the column,
3769    and (if it is a floating point column) the number of decimal places
3770    to the right of the decimal point.  The returned datatype codes are
3771    the same as for the binary table, listed above, with the following
3772    additional rules:  integer columns that are between 1 and 4 characters
3773    wide are defined to be short integers (code = 21).  Wider integer
3774    columns are defined to be regular integers (code = 41).  Similarly,
3775    Fixed decimal point columns (with TFORM = 'Fw.d') are defined to
3776    be single precision reals (code = 42) if w is between 1 and 7 characters
3777    wide, inclusive.  Wider 'F' columns will return a double precision
3778    data code (= 82).  'Ew.d' format columns will have datacode = 42,
3779>   and 'Dw.d' format columns will have datacode = 82.
3780-
3781        FTASFM(tform, > datacode,width,decimals,status)
3782-
3783>16 Calculate the starting column positions and total ASCII table width
3784    based on the input array of ASCII table TFORM values.  The SPACE input
3785    parameter defines how many blank spaces to leave between each column
3786    (it is recommended to have one space between columns for better human
3787>   readability).
3788-
3789        FTGABC(tfields,tform,space, > rowlen,tbcol,status)
3790-
3791>17 Parse a template string and return a formatted 80-character string
3792    suitable for appending to (or deleting from) a FITS header file.
3793    This subroutine is useful for parsing lines from an ASCII template file
3794    and reformatting them into legal FITS header records.  The formatted
3795    string may then be passed to the FTPREC, FTMCRD, or FTDKEY subroutines
3796>   to append or modify a FITS header record.
3797-
3798        FTGTHD(template, > card,hdtype,status)
3799-
3800    The input TEMPLATE character string generally should contain 3 tokens:
3801    (1) the KEYNAME, (2) the VALUE, and (3) the COMMENT string.  The
3802    TEMPLATE string must adhere to the following format:
3803
3804>-      The KEYNAME token must begin in columns 1-8 and be a maximum  of 8
3805        characters long.  If the first 8 characters of the template line are
3806        blank then the remainder of the line is considered to be a FITS comment
3807        (with a blank keyword name).  A legal FITS keyword name may only
3808        contain the characters A-Z, 0-9, and '-' (minus sign) and
3809        underscore.  This subroutine will automatically convert any lowercase
3810        characters to uppercase in the output string.  If KEYNAME = 'COMMENT'
3811        or 'HISTORY' then the remainder of the line is considered to be a FITS
3812>       COMMENT or HISTORY record, respectively.
3813
3814>-      The VALUE token must be separated from the KEYNAME token by one or more
3815        spaces and/or an '=' character.  The datatype of the VALUE token
3816        (numeric, logical, or character string) is automatically determined
3817        and  the output CARD string is formatted accordingly.  The value
3818        token may be forced to be interpreted as a string (e.g. if it is a
3819        string of numeric digits) by enclosing it in single quotes.
3820        If the value token is a character string that contains 1 or more
3821        embedded blank space characters or slash ('/') characters then the
3822>       entire character string must be enclosed in single quotes.
3823
3824>-      The COMMENT token is optional, but if present must be separated from
3825>       the VALUE token by a blank space or a  '/' character.
3826
3827>-      One exception to the above rules is that if the first non-blank
3828        character in the template string is a minus sign ('-') followed
3829        by a single token, or a single token followed by an equal sign,
3830        then it is interpreted as the name of a keyword which is to be
3831>       deleted from the FITS header.
3832
3833>-      The second exception is that if the template string starts with
3834        a minus sign and is followed by 2 tokens then the second token
3835        is interpreted as the new name for the keyword specified by
3836        first token.  In this case the old keyword name (first token)
3837        is returned in characters 1-8 of the returned CARD string, and
3838        the new keyword name (the second token) is returned in characters
3839        41-48 of the returned CARD string.  These old and new names
3840        may then be passed to the FTMNAM subroutine which will change
3841>       the keyword name.
3842
3843    The HDTYPE output parameter indicates how the returned CARD string
3844    should be interpreted:
3845-
3846        hdtype                  interpretation
3847        ------           -------------------------------------------------
3848           -2            Modify the name of the keyword given in CARD(1:8)
3849                         to the new name given in CARD(41:48)
3850
3851           -1            CARD(1:8) contains the name of a keyword to be deleted
3852                         from the FITS header.
3853
3854            0            append the CARD string to the FITS header if the
3855                         keyword does not already exist, otherwise update
3856                         the value/comment if the keyword is already present
3857                         in the header.
3858
3859            1            simply append this keyword to the FITS header (CARD
3860                         is either a HISTORY or COMMENT keyword).
3861
3862            2            This is a FITS END record; it should not be written
3863                         to the FITS header because FITSIO automatically
3864                         appends the END record when the header is closed.
3865-
3866     EXAMPLES:  The following lines illustrate valid input template strings:
3867-
3868      INTVAL 7 This is an integer keyword
3869      RVAL           34.6   /     This is a floating point keyword
3870      EVAL=-12.45E-03  This is a floating point keyword in exponential notation
3871      lval F This is a boolean keyword
3872                  This is a comment keyword with a blank keyword name
3873      SVAL1 = 'Hello world'   /  this is a string keyword
3874      SVAL2  '123.5'  this is also a string keyword
3875      sval3  123+  /  this is also a string keyword with the value '123+    '
3876      # the following template line deletes the DATE keyword
3877      - DATE
3878      # the following template line modifies the NAME keyword to OBJECT
3879      - NAME OBJECT
3880-
3881>18  Parse the input string containing a list of rows or row ranges, and
3882     return integer arrays containing the first and last row in each
3883     range.  For example, if rowlist = "3-5, 6, 8-9" then it will
3884     return numranges = 3, rangemin = 3, 6, 8 and rangemax = 5, 6, 9.
3885     At most, 'maxranges' number of ranges will be returned.  'maxrows'
3886     is the maximum number of rows in the table; any rows or ranges
3887     larger than this will be ignored.  The rows must be specified in
3888     increasing order, and the ranges must not overlap. A minus sign
3889     may be use to specify all the rows to the upper or lower bound, so
3890     "50-" means all the rows from 50 to the end of the table, and "-"
3891>    means all the rows in the table, from 1 - maxrows.
3892-
3893    FTRWRG(rowlist, maxrows, maxranges, >
3894           numranges, rangemin, rangemax, status)
3895-
3896
3897
3898
3899*VI.  The CFITSIO Iterator Function
3900
3901The fits\_iterate\_data function in CFITSIO provides a unique method of
3902executing an arbitrary user-supplied `work' function that operates on
3903rows of data in  FITS tables or on pixels in FITS images.  Rather than
3904explicitly reading and writing the FITS images or columns of data, one
3905instead calls the CFITSIO iterator routine, passing to it the name of
3906the user's work function that is to be executed along with a list of
3907all the table columns or image arrays that are to be passed to the work
3908function.  The CFITSIO iterator function then does all the work of
3909allocating memory for the arrays, reading the input data from the FITS
3910file, passing them to the work function, and then writing any output
3911data back to the FITS file after the work function exits.  Because
3912it is often more efficient to process only a subset of the total table
3913rows at one time, the iterator function can determine the optimum
3914amount of data to pass in each iteration and repeatedly call the work
3915function until the entire table been processed.
3916
3917For many applications this single CFITSIO iterator function can
3918effectively replace all the other CFITSIO routines for reading or
3919writing data in FITS images or tables.  Using the iterator has several
3920important advantages over the traditional method of reading and writing
3921FITS data files:
3922
3923\begin{itemize}
3924\item
3925It cleanly separates the data I/O from the routine that operates on
3926the data.  This leads to a more modular and `object oriented'
3927programming style.
3928
3929\item
3930It simplifies the application program by eliminating the need to allocate
3931memory for the data arrays and eliminates most of the calls to the CFITSIO
3932routines that explicitly read and write the data.
3933
3934\item
3935It ensures that the data are processed as efficiently as possible.
3936This is especially important when processing tabular data since
3937the iterator function will calculate the most efficient number
3938of rows in the table to be passed at one time to the user's work
3939function on each iteration.
3940
3941\item
3942Makes it possible for larger projects to develop a library of work
3943functions that all have a uniform calling sequence and are all
3944independent of the details of the FITS file format.
3945
3946\end{itemize}
3947
3948There are basically 2 steps in using the CFITSIO iterator function.
3949The first step is to design the work function itself which must have a
3950prescribed set of input parameters.  One of these parameters is a
3951structure containing pointers to the arrays of data; the work function
3952can perform any desired operations on these arrays and does not need to
3953worry about how the input data were read from the file or how the
3954output data get written back to the file.
3955
3956The second step is to design the driver routine that opens all the
3957necessary FITS files and initializes  the input parameters to the
3958iterator function.  The driver program calls the CFITSIO iterator
3959function which then reads the data and passes it to the user's work
3960function.
3961
3962Further details on using the iterator function can be found in the
3963companion CFITSIO User's Guide, and in the iter\_a.f, iter\_b.f and
3964iter\_c.f example programs.
3965
3966
3967
3968*IV.   Extended File Name Syntax
3969
3970**A.  Overview
3971
3972CFITSIO supports an extended syntax when specifying the name of the
3973data file to be opened or created  that includes the following
3974features:
3975
3976\begin{itemize}
3977\item
3978CFITSIO can read IRAF format images which have header file names that
3979end with the '.imh' extension, as well as reading and writing FITS
3980files,   This feature is implemented in CFITSIO by first converting the
3981IRAF image into a temporary FITS format file in memory, then opening
3982the FITS file.  Any of the usual CFITSIO routines then may be used to
3983read the image header or data.  Similarly, raw binary data arrays can
3984be read by converting them on the fly into virtual FITS images.
3985
3986\item
3987FITS files on the Internet can be read (and sometimes written) using the FTP,
3988HTTP, or ROOT protocols.
3989
3990\item
3991FITS files can be piped between tasks on the stdin and stdout streams.
3992
3993\item
3994FITS files can be read and written in shared memory.  This can potentially
3995achieve much better data I/O performance compared to reading and
3996writing the same FITS files on magnetic disk.
3997
3998\item
3999Compressed FITS files in gzip or Unix COMPRESS format can be directly read.
4000
4001\item
4002Output FITS files can be written directly in compressed gzip format,
4003thus saving disk space.
4004
4005\item
4006FITS table columns can be created, modified, or deleted 'on-the-fly' as
4007the table is opened by CFITSIO.  This creates a virtual FITS file containing
4008the modifications that is then opened by the application program.
4009
4010\item
4011Table rows may be selected, or filtered out, on the fly when the table
4012is opened by CFITSIO, based on an arbitrary user-specified expression.
4013Only rows for which the expression evaluates to 'TRUE' are retained
4014in the copy of the table that is opened by the application program.
4015
4016\item
4017Histogram images may be created on the fly by binning the values in
4018table columns, resulting in a virtual N-dimensional FITS image.  The
4019application program then only sees the FITS image (in the primary
4020array) instead of the original FITS table.
4021\end{itemize}
4022
4023The latter 3 features in particular add very powerful data processing
4024capabilities directly into CFITSIO, and hence into every task that uses
4025CFITSIO to read or write FITS files.  For example, these features
4026transform a very simple program that just copies an input FITS file to
4027a new output file (like the `fitscopy' program that is distributed with
4028CFITSIO) into a multipurpose FITS file processing tool.  By appending
4029fairly simple qualifiers onto the name of the input FITS file, the user
4030can perform quite complex table editing operations (e.g., create new
4031columns, or filter out rows in a table) or create FITS images by
4032binning or histogramming the values in table columns.  In addition,
4033these functions have been coded using new state-of-the art algorithms
4034that are, in some cases, 10 - 100 times faster than previous widely
4035used implementations.
4036
4037Before describing the complete syntax for the extended FITS file names
4038in the next section, here are a few examples of FITS file names that
4039give a quick overview of the allowed syntax:
4040
4041\begin{itemize}
4042\item
4043{\tt 'myfile.fits'}: the simplest case of a FITS file on disk in the current
4044directory.
4045
4046\item
4047{\tt 'myfile.imh'}: opens an IRAF format image file and converts it on the
4048fly into a temporary FITS format image in memory which can then be read with
4049any other CFITSIO routine.
4050
4051\item
4052{\tt rawfile.dat[i512,512]}: opens a raw binary data array (a 512 x 512
4053short integer array in this case) and converts it on the fly into a
4054temporary FITS format image in memory which can then be read with any
4055other CFITSIO routine.
4056
4057\item
4058{\tt myfile.fits.gz}: if this is the name of a new output file, the '.gz'
4059suffix will cause it to be compressed in gzip format when it is written to
4060disk.
4061
4062\item
4063{\tt 'myfile.fits.gz[events, 2]'}:  opens and uncompresses the gzipped file
4064myfile.fits then moves to the extension which has the keywords EXTNAME
4065= 'EVENTS' and EXTVER = 2.
4066
4067\item
4068{\tt '-'}:  a dash (minus sign) signifies that the input file is to be read
4069from the stdin file stream, or that the output file is to be written to
4070the stdout stream.
4071
4072\item
4073{\tt 'ftp://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/test/vela.fits'}:  FITS files in any ftp
4074archive site on the Internet may be directly opened with read-only
4075access.
4076
4077\item
4078{\tt 'http://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/software/test.fits'}: any valid URL to a
4079FITS file on the Web may be opened with read-only access.
4080
4081\item
4082{\tt 'root://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/test/vela.fits'}: similar to ftp access
4083except that it provides write as well as read access to the files
4084across the network. This uses the root protocol developed at CERN.
4085
4086\item
4087{\tt 'shmem://h2[events]'}: opens the FITS file in a shared memory segment and
4088moves to the EVENTS extension.
4089
4090\item
4091{\tt 'mem://'}:  creates a scratch output file in core computer memory.  The
4092resulting 'file' will disappear when the program exits, so this
4093is mainly useful for testing purposes when one does not want a
4094permanent copy of the output file.
4095
4096\item
4097{\tt 'myfile.fits[3; Images(10)]'}: opens a copy of the image contained in the
409810th row of the 'Images' column in the binary table in the 3th extension
4099of the FITS file.  The application just sees this single image as the
4100primary array.
4101
4102\item
4103{\tt 'myfile.fits[1:512:2, 1:512:2]'}: opens a section of the input image
4104ranging from the 1st to the 512th pixel in  X and Y, and selects every
4105second pixel in both dimensions, resulting in a 256 x 256 pixel image
4106in this case.
4107
4108\item
4109{\tt 'myfile.fits[EVENTS][col Rad = sqrt(X**2 + Y**2)]'}:  creates and opens
4110a temporary file on the fly (in memory or on disk) that is identical to
4111myfile.fits except that it will contain a new column in the EVENTS
4112extension called 'Rad' whose value is computed using the indicated
4113expression which is a function of the values in the X and Y columns.
4114
4115\item
4116{\tt 'myfile.fits[EVENTS][PHA > 5]'}:  creates and opens a temporary FITS
4117files that is identical to 'myfile.fits' except that the EVENTS table
4118will only contain the rows that have values of the PHA column greater
4119than 5.  In general, any arbitrary boolean expression using a C or
4120Fortran-like syntax, which may combine AND and OR operators,
4121may be used to select rows from a table.
4122
4123\item
4124{\tt 'myfile.fits[EVENTS][bin (X,Y)=1,2048,4]'}:  creates a temporary FITS
4125primary array image which is computed on the fly by binning (i.e,
4126computing the 2-dimensional histogram) of the values in the X and Y
4127columns of the EVENTS extension.  In this case the X and Y coordinates
4128range from 1 to 2048 and the image pixel size is 4 units in both
4129dimensions, so the resulting image is 512 x 512 pixels in size.
4130
4131\item
4132The final example combines many of these feature into one complex
4133expression (it is broken into several lines for clarity):
4134-
4135  'ftp://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/data/sample.fits.gz[EVENTS]
4136   [col phacorr = pha * 1.1 - 0.3][phacorr >= 5.0 && phacorr <= 14.0]
4137   [bin (X,Y)=32]'
4138-
4139In this case, CFITSIO (1) copies and uncompresses the FITS file from
4140the ftp site on the legacy machine, (2) moves to the 'EVENTS'
4141extension, (3) calculates a new column called 'phacorr', (4) selects
4142the rows in the table that have phacorr in the range 5 to 14, and
4143finally (5) bins the remaining rows on the X and Y column coordinates,
4144using a pixel size = 32 to create a 2D image.  All this processing is
4145completely transparent to the application program, which simply sees
4146the final 2-D image in the primary array of the opened file.
4147\end{itemize}
4148
4149The full extended CFITSIO FITS file name can contain several different
4150components depending on the context.  These components are described in
4151the following sections:
4152-
4153When creating a new file:
4154   filetype://BaseFilename(templateName)
4155
4156When opening an existing primary array or image HDU:
4157   filetype://BaseFilename(outName)[HDUlocation][ImageSection]
4158
4159When opening an existing table HDU:
4160   filetype://BaseFilename(outName)[HDUlocation][colFilter][rowFilter][binSpec]
4161-
4162The filetype, BaseFilename, outName, HDUlocation, and ImageSection
4163components, if present, must be given in that order, but the colFilter,
4164rowFilter, and binSpec specifiers may follow in any order.  Regardless
4165of the order, however, the colFilter specifier, if present, will be
4166processed first by CFITSIO, followed by the rowFilter specifier, and
4167finally by the binSpec specifier.
4168
4169**A.  Filetype
4170
4171The type of file determines the medium on which the file is located
4172(e.g., disk or network) and, hence, which internal device driver is used by
4173CFITSIO to read and/or write the file.  Currently supported types are
4174-
4175        file://  - file on local magnetic disk (default)
4176        ftp://   - a readonly file accessed with the anonymous FTP protocol.
4177                   It also supports  ftp://username:password@hostname/...
4178                   for accessing password-protected ftp sites.
4179        http://  - a readonly file accessed with the HTTP protocol.  It
4180                   supports username:password just like the ftp driver.
4181                   Proxy HTTP servers are supported using the http_proxy
4182                   environment variable (see following note).
4183      stream://  - special driver to read an input FITS file from the stdin
4184                   stream, and/or write an output FITS file to the stdout
4185		   stream.  This driver is fragile and has limited
4186		   functionality (see the following note).
4187      gsiftp://  - access files on a computational grid using the gridftp
4188                   protocol in the Globus toolkit (see following note).
4189        root://  - uses the CERN root protocol for writing as well as
4190                   reading files over the network.
4191        shmem:// - opens or creates a file which persists in the computer's
4192                   shared memory.
4193        mem://   - opens a temporary file in core memory.  The file
4194                   disappears when the program exits so this is mainly
4195                   useful for test purposes when a permanent output file
4196                   is not desired.
4197-
4198If the filetype is not specified, then type file:// is assumed.
4199The double slashes '//' are optional and may be omitted in most cases.
4200
4201***1.  Notes about HTTP proxy servers
4202
4203A proxy HTTP server may be used by defining the address (URL) and port
4204number of the proxy server with the http\_proxy environment variable.
4205For example
4206-
4207    setenv http_proxy http://heasarc.gsfc.nasa.gov:3128
4208-
4209will cause CFITSIO to use port 3128 on the heasarc proxy server whenever
4210reading a FITS file with HTTP.
4211
4212***2.  Notes about the stream filetype driver
4213
4214The stream driver can be used to efficiently read a FITS file from the stdin
4215file stream or write a FITS to the stdout file stream.  However, because these
4216input and output streams must be accessed sequentially, the FITS file reading or
4217writing application must also read and write the file sequentially, at least
4218within the tolerances described below.
4219
4220CFITSIO supports 2 different methods for accessing FITS files on the stdin and
4221stdout streams.  The original method, which is invoked by specifying a dash
4222character, "-", as the name of the file when opening or creating it, works by
4223storing a complete copy of the entire FITS file in memory.  In this case, when
4224reading from stdin, CFITSIO will copy the entire stream into memory before doing
4225any processing of the file.  Similarly, when writing to stdout, CFITSIO will
4226create a copy of the entire FITS file in memory, before finally flushing it out
4227to  the stdout stream when the FITS file is closed.  Buffering the entire FITS
4228file in this way allows the application to randomly access any part of the FITS
4229file, in any order, but it also requires that the user have sufficient available
4230memory (or virtual memory) to store the entire file, which may not be possible
4231in the case of very large files.
4232
4233The newer stream filetype provides a more memory-efficient method of accessing
4234FITS files on the stdin or stdout streams.  Instead of storing a copy of the
4235entire FITS file in memory, CFITSIO only uses a set of internal  buffer which by
4236default can store  40 FITS blocks, or about  100K bytes of the FITS file.  The
4237application program must process the FITS file sequentially from beginning to
4238end, within this 100K buffer.  Generally speaking the application  program must
4239conform to the following restrictions:
4240
4241\begin{itemize}
4242\item
4243The program must finish reading or writing the header keywords
4244before reading or writing any data in the HDU.
4245\item
4246The HDU can contain at most about 1400 header keywords.  This is the
4247maximum that can fit in the nominal 40 FITS block buffer.  In principle,
4248this limit could be increased by recompiling CFITSIO with a larger
4249buffer limit, which is set by the NIOBUF parameter in fitsio2.h.
4250\item
4251The program must read or write the data in a sequential manner from the
4252beginning to the end of the HDU.  Note that CFITSIO's internal
4253100K buffer allows a little latitude in meeting this requirement.
4254\item
4255The program cannot move back to a previous HDU in the FITS file.
4256\item
4257Reading or writing of variable length array columns in binary tables is not
4258supported on streams, because this requires moving back and forth between the
4259fixed-length portion of the binary table and the following heap area where the
4260arrays are actually stored.
4261\item
4262Reading or writing of tile-compressed images is not supported on streams,
4263because the images are internally stored using variable length arrays.
4264\end{itemize}
4265
4266***3.  Notes about the gsiftp filetype
4267
4268DEPENDENCIES: Globus toolkit (2.4.3 or higher) (GT) should be installed.
4269There are two different ways to install GT:
4270
42711) goto the globus toolkit web page www.globus.org and follow the
4272   download and compilation instructions;
4273
42742) goto the Virtual Data Toolkit web page http://vdt.cs.wisc.edu/
4275   and follow the instructions (STRONGLY SUGGESTED);
4276
4277Once a globus client has been installed in your system with a specific flavour
4278it is possible to compile and install the CFITSIO libraries.
4279Specific configuration flags must be used:
4280
42811)  --with-gsiftp[[=PATH]] Enable Globus Toolkit gsiftp protocol support
4282    PATH=GLOBUS\_LOCATION i.e. the location of your globus installation
4283
42842)  --with-gsiftp-flavour[[=PATH] defines the specific Globus flavour
4285        ex. gcc32
4286
4287Both the flags must be used and it is mandatory to set  both the PATH and the
4288flavour.
4289
4290USAGE: To access files on a gridftp server it is necessary to use a gsiftp prefix:
4291
4292example: gsiftp://remote\_server\_fqhn/directory/filename
4293
4294The gridftp driver uses a local buffer on a temporary file the file is located
4295in the /tmp directory. If you have special permissions on /tmp or you do not have a /tmp
4296directory, it is possible to force another location setting the GSIFTP\_TMPFILE environment
4297variable (ex. export GSIFTP\_TMPFILE=/your/location/yourtmpfile).
4298
4299Grid FTP supports multi channel transfer. By default a single channel transmission is
4300available. However, it is possible to modify this behavior setting the GSIFTP\_STREAMS
4301environment variable (ex. export GSIFTP\_STREAMS=8).
4302
4303***4.  Notes about the root filetype
4304
4305The original rootd server can be obtained from:
4306\verb-ftp://root.cern.ch/root/rootd.tar.gz-
4307but, for it to work correctly with CFITSIO one has to use a modified
4308version which supports a command to return the length of the file.
4309This modified version is available in rootd subdirectory
4310in the CFITSIO ftp area at
4311-
4312      ftp://legacy.gsfc.nasa.gov/software/fitsio/c/root/rootd.tar.gz.
4313-
4314
4315This small server is started either by inetd when a client requests a
4316connection to a rootd server or by hand (i.e. from the command line).
4317The rootd server works with the ROOT TNetFile class. It allows remote
4318access to ROOT database files in either read or write mode. By default
4319TNetFile assumes port 432 (which requires rootd to be started as root).
4320To run rootd via inetd add the following line to /etc/services:
4321-
4322  rootd     432/tcp
4323-
4324and to /etc/inetd.conf, add the following line:
4325-
4326  rootd stream tcp nowait root /user/rdm/root/bin/rootd rootd -i
4327-
4328Force inetd to reread its conf file with "kill -HUP <pid inetd>".
4329You can also start rootd by hand running directly under your private
4330account (no root system privileges needed). For example to start
4331rootd listening on port 5151 just type:   \verb+rootd -p 5151+
4332Notice: no \& is needed. Rootd will go into background by itself.
4333-
4334  Rootd arguments:
4335    -i                says we were started by inetd
4336    -p port#          specifies a different port to listen on
4337    -d level          level of debug info written to syslog
4338                      0 = no debug (default)
4339                      1 = minimum
4340                      2 = medium
4341                      3 = maximum
4342-
4343Rootd can also be configured for anonymous usage (like anonymous ftp).
4344To setup rootd to accept anonymous logins do the following (while being
4345logged in as root):
4346-
4347   - Add the following line to /etc/passwd:
4348
4349     rootd:*:71:72:Anonymous rootd:/var/spool/rootd:/bin/false
4350
4351     where you may modify the uid, gid (71, 72) and the home directory
4352     to suite your system.
4353
4354   - Add the following line to /etc/group:
4355
4356     rootd:*:72:rootd
4357
4358     where the gid must match the gid in /etc/passwd.
4359
4360   - Create the directories:
4361
4362     mkdir /var/spool/rootd
4363     mkdir /var/spool/rootd/tmp
4364     chmod 777 /var/spool/rootd/tmp
4365
4366     Where /var/spool/rootd must match the rootd home directory as
4367     specified in the rootd /etc/passwd entry.
4368
4369   - To make writeable directories for anonymous do, for example:
4370
4371     mkdir /var/spool/rootd/pub
4372     chown rootd:rootd /var/spool/rootd/pub
4373-
4374That's all.  Several additional remarks:  you can login to an anonymous
4375server either with the names "anonymous" or "rootd".  The password should
4376be of type user@host.do.main. Only the @ is enforced for the time
4377being.  In anonymous mode the top of the file tree is set to the rootd
4378home directory, therefore only files below the home directory can be
4379accessed.  Anonymous mode only works when the server is started via
4380inetd.
4381
4382***5.  Notes about the shmem filetype:
4383
4384Shared memory files are currently supported on most Unix platforms,
4385where the shared memory segments are managed by the operating system
4386kernel and `live' independently of processes. They are not deleted (by
4387default) when the process which created them terminates, although they
4388will disappear if the system is rebooted.  Applications can create
4389shared memory files in CFITSIO by calling:
4390-
4391   fit_create_file(&fitsfileptr, "shmem://h2", &status);
4392-
4393where the root `file' names are currently restricted to be 'h0', 'h1',
4394'h2', 'h3', etc., up to a maximum number defined by the the value of
4395SHARED\_MAXSEG (equal to 16 by default).  This is a prototype
4396implementation of the shared memory interface and a more robust
4397interface, which will have fewer restrictions on the number of files
4398and on their names, may be developed in the future.
4399
4400When opening an already existing FITS file in shared memory one calls
4401the usual CFITSIO routine:
4402-
4403   fits_open_file(&fitsfileptr, "shmem://h7", mode, &status)
4404-
4405The file mode can be READWRITE or READONLY just as with disk files.
4406More than one process can operate on READONLY mode files at the same
4407time.  CFITSIO supports proper file locking (both in READONLY and
4408READWRITE modes), so calls to fits\_open\_file may be locked out until
4409another other process closes the file.
4410
4411When an application is finished accessing a FITS file in a shared
4412memory segment, it may close it  (and the file will remain in the
4413system) with fits\_close\_file, or delete it with fits\_delete\_file.
4414Physical deletion is postponed until the last process calls
4415ffclos/ffdelt.  fits\_delete\_file tries to obtain a READWRITE lock on
4416the file to be deleted, thus it can be blocked if the object was not
4417opened in READWRITE mode.
4418
4419A shared memory management utility program called `smem', is included
4420with the CFITSIO distribution.  It can be built by typing `make smem';
4421then type `smem -h' to get a list of valid options.  Executing smem
4422without any options causes it to list all the shared memory segments
4423currently residing in the system and managed by the shared memory
4424driver. To get a list of all the shared memory objects, run the system
4425utility program `ipcs  [-a]'.
4426
4427**B.  Base Filename
4428
4429The base filename is the name of the file optionally including the
4430director/subdirectory path, and in the case of `ftp', `http', and `root'
4431filetypes, the machine identifier.  Examples:
4432-
4433    myfile.fits
4434    !data.fits
4435    /data/myfile.fits
4436    fits.gsfc.nasa.gov/ftp/sampledata/myfile.fits.gz
4437-
4438
4439When creating a new output file on magnetic disk (of type file://) if
4440the base filename begins with an exclamation point (!) then any
4441existing file with that same basename will be deleted prior to creating
4442the new FITS file.  Otherwise if the file to be created already exists,
4443then CFITSIO will return an error and will not overwrite the existing
4444file.  Note  that the exclamation point,  '!', is a special UNIX character,
4445so if it is used  on the command line rather than entered at a task
4446prompt, it must be  preceded by a backslash to force the UNIX
4447shell to pass it verbatim to the application program.
4448
4449If the output disk file name ends with the suffix '.gz', then CFITSIO
4450will compress the file using the gzip compression algorithm before
4451writing it to disk.  This can reduce the amount of disk space used by
4452the file.  Note that this feature requires that the uncompressed file
4453be constructed in memory before it is compressed and written to disk,
4454so it can fail if there is insufficient available memory.
4455
4456An input FITS file may be compressed with the gzip or Unix compress
4457algorithms, in which case CFITSIO will uncompress the file on the fly
4458into a temporary file (in memory or on disk).  Compressed files may
4459only be opened with read-only permission.  When specifying the name of
4460a compressed FITS file it is not necessary to append the file suffix
4461(e.g., `.gz' or `.Z').  If CFITSIO cannot find the input file name
4462without the suffix, then it will automatically search for a compressed
4463file with the same root name.  In the case of reading ftp and http type
4464files, CFITSIO generally looks for a compressed version of the file
4465first, before trying to open the uncompressed file.  By default,
4466CFITSIO copies (and uncompressed if necessary) the ftp or http FITS
4467file into memory on the local machine before opening it.  This will
4468fail if the local machine does not have enough memory to hold the whole
4469FITS file, so in this case, the output filename specifier (see the next
4470section) can be used to further control how CFITSIO reads ftp and http
4471files.
4472
4473If the input file is an IRAF image file (*.imh file) then CFITSIO will
4474automatically convert it on the fly into a virtual FITS image before it
4475is opened by the application program.  IRAF images can only be opened
4476with READONLY file access.
4477
4478Similarly, if the input file is a raw binary data array, then CFITSIO
4479will convert it on the fly into a virtual FITS image with the basic set
4480of required header keywords before it is opened by the application
4481program (with READONLY access).  In this case the data type and
4482dimensions of the image must be specified in square brackets following
4483the filename (e.g. rawfile.dat[ib512,512]). The first character (case
4484insensitive) defines the datatype of the array:
4485-
4486     b         8-bit unsigned byte
4487     i        16-bit signed integer
4488     u        16-bit unsigned integer
4489     j        32-bit signed integer
4490     r or f   32-bit floating point
4491     d        64-bit floating point
4492-
4493An optional second character specifies the byte order of the array
4494values: b or B indicates big endian (as in FITS files and the native
4495format of SUN UNIX workstations and Mac PCs) and l or L indicates
4496little endian (native format of DEC OSF workstations and IBM PCs).  If
4497this character is omitted then the array is assumed to have the native
4498byte order of the local machine.  These datatype characters are then
4499followed by a series of one or more integer values separated by commas
4500which define the size of each dimension of the raw array.  Arrays with
4501up to 5 dimensions are currently supported.  Finally, a byte offset to
4502the position of the first pixel in the data file may be specified by
4503separating it with a ':' from the last dimension value.  If omitted, it
4504is assumed that the offset = 0.  This parameter may be used to skip
4505over any header information in the file that precedes the binary data.
4506Further examples:
4507-
4508  raw.dat[b10000]           1-dimensional 10000 pixel byte array
4509  raw.dat[rb400,400,12]     3-dimensional floating point big-endian array
4510  img.fits[ib512,512:2880]  reads the 512 x 512 short integer array in
4511                            a FITS file, skipping over the 2880 byte header
4512-
4513
4514One special case of input file is where the filename = `-' (a dash or
4515minus sign) or 'stdin' or 'stdout', which signifies that the input file
4516is to be read from the stdin stream, or written to the stdout stream if
4517a new output file is being created.  In the case of reading from stdin,
4518CFITSIO first copies the whole stream into a temporary FITS file (in
4519memory or on disk), and subsequent reading of the FITS file occurs in
4520this copy.  When writing to stdout, CFITSIO first constructs the whole
4521file in memory (since random access is required), then flushes it out
4522to the stdout stream when the file is closed.   In addition, if the
4523output filename = '-.gz' or 'stdout.gz' then it will be gzip compressed
4524before being written to stdout.
4525
4526This ability to read and write on the stdin and stdout steams allows
4527FITS files to be piped between tasks in memory rather than having to
4528create temporary intermediate FITS files on disk.  For example if task1
4529creates an output FITS file, and task2 reads an input FITS file, the
4530FITS file may be piped between the 2 tasks by specifying
4531-
4532   task1 - | task2 -
4533-
4534where the vertical bar is the Unix piping symbol.  This assumes that the 2
4535tasks read the name of the FITS file off of the command line.
4536
4537**C.  Output File Name when Opening an Existing File
4538
4539An optional output filename may be specified in parentheses immediately
4540following the base file name to be opened.  This is mainly useful in
4541those cases where CFITSIO creates a temporary copy of the input FITS
4542file before it is opened and passed to the application program.  This
4543happens by default when opening a network FTP or HTTP-type file, when
4544reading a compressed FITS file on a local disk, when reading from the
4545stdin stream, or when a column filter, row filter, or binning specifier
4546is included as part of the input file specification.  By default this
4547temporary file is created in memory.  If there is not enough memory to
4548create the file copy, then CFITSIO will exit with an error.   In these
4549cases one can force a permanent file to be created on disk, instead of
4550a temporary file in memory, by supplying the name in parentheses
4551immediately following the base file name.  The output filename can
4552include the '!' clobber flag.
4553
4554Thus, if the input filename to CFITSIO is:
4555\verb+file1.fits.gz(file2.fits)+
4556then CFITSIO will uncompress `file1.fits.gz' into the local disk file
4557`file2.fits' before opening it.  CFITSIO does not automatically delete
4558the output file, so it will still exist after the application program
4559exits.
4560
4561In some cases, several different temporary FITS files will be created
4562in sequence, for instance, if one opens a remote file using FTP, then
4563filters rows in a binary table extension, then create an image by
4564binning a pair of columns.  In this case, the remote file will be
4565copied to a temporary local file, then a second temporary file will be
4566created containing the filtered rows of the table, and finally a third
4567temporary file containing the binned image will be created.  In cases
4568like this where multiple files are created, the outfile specifier will
4569be interpreted the name of the final file as described below, in descending
4570priority:
4571
4572\begin{itemize}
4573\item
4574as the name of the final image file if an image within a single binary
4575table cell is opened or if an image is created by binning a table column.
4576\item
4577as the name of the file containing the filtered table if a column filter
4578and/or a row filter are specified.
4579\item
4580as the name of the local copy of the remote FTP or HTTP file.
4581\item
4582as the name of the uncompressed version of the FITS file, if a
4583compressed FITS file on local disk has been opened.
4584\item
4585otherwise, the output filename is ignored.
4586\end{itemize}
4587
4588
4589The output file specifier is useful when reading FTP or HTTP-type
4590FITS files since it can be used to create a local disk copy of the file
4591that can be reused in the future.  If the output file name = `*' then a
4592local file with the same name as the network file will be created.
4593Note that CFITSIO will behave differently depending on whether the
4594remote file is compressed or not as shown by the following examples:
4595\begin{itemize}
4596\item
4597`ftp://remote.machine/tmp/myfile.fits.gz(*)' - the remote compressed
4598file is copied to the local compressed file `myfile.fits.gz', which
4599is then uncompressed in local memory before being opened and passed
4600to the application program.
4601
4602\item
4603`ftp://remote.machine/tmp/myfile.fits.gz(myfile.fits)' - the remote
4604compressed file is copied and uncompressed into the local file
4605`myfile.fits'.  This example requires less local memory than the
4606previous example since the file is uncompressed on disk instead of
4607in memory.
4608
4609\item
4610`ftp://remote.machine/tmp/myfile.fits(myfile.fits.gz)' - this will
4611usually produce an error since CFITSIO itself cannot compress files.
4612\end{itemize}
4613
4614The exact behavior of CFITSIO in the latter case depends on the type of
4615ftp server running on the remote machine and how it is configured.  In
4616some cases, if the file `myfile.fits.gz' exists on the remote machine,
4617then the server will copy it to the local machine.  In other cases the
4618ftp server will automatically create and transmit a compressed version
4619of the file if only the uncompressed version exists.  This can get
4620rather confusing, so users should use a certain amount of caution when
4621using the output file specifier with FTP or HTTP file types, to make
4622sure they get the behavior that they expect.
4623
4624**D.  Template File Name when Creating a New File
4625
4626When a new FITS file is created with a call to fits\_create\_file, the
4627name of a template file may be supplied in parentheses immediately
4628following the name of the new file to be created.  This template is
4629used to define the structure of one or more HDUs in the new file.  The
4630template file may be another FITS file, in which case the newly created
4631file will have exactly the same keywords in each HDU as in the template
4632FITS file, but all the data units will be filled with zeros.  The
4633template file may also be an ASCII text file, where each line (in
4634general) describes one FITS keyword record.  The format of the ASCII
4635template file is described below.
4636
4637**E.  Image Tile-Compression Specification
4638
4639When specifying the name of the output FITS file to be created, the
4640user can indicate that images should be written in tile-compressed
4641format (see section 5.5, ``Primary Array or IMAGE Extension I/O
4642Routines'') by enclosing the compression parameters in square brackets
4643following the root disk file name.  Here are some examples of the
4644syntax for specifying tile-compressed output images:
4645-
4646    myfile.fit[compress]    - use Rice algorithm and default tile size
4647
4648    myfile.fit[compress GZIP] - use the specified compression algorithm;
4649    myfile.fit[compress Rice]     only the first letter of the algorithm
4650    myfile.fit[compress PLIO]     name is required.
4651
4652    myfile.fit[compress Rice 100,100]   - use 100 x 100 pixel tile size
4653    myfile.fit[compress Rice 100,100;2] - as above, and use noisebits = 2
4654-
4655
4656**F.  HDU Location Specification
4657
4658The optional HDU location specifier defines which HDU (Header-Data
4659Unit, also known as an `extension') within the FITS file to initially
4660open.  It must immediately follow the base file name (or the output
4661file name if present).  If it is not specified then the first HDU (the
4662primary array) is opened.  The HDU location specifier is required if
4663the colFilter, rowFilter, or binSpec specifiers are present, because
4664the primary array is not a valid HDU for these operations. The HDU may
4665be specified either by absolute position number, starting with 0 for
4666the primary array, or by reference to the HDU name, and optionally, the
4667version number and the HDU type of the desired extension.  The location
4668of an image within a single cell of a binary table may also be
4669specified, as described below.
4670
4671The absolute position of the extension is specified either by enclosed
4672the number in square brackets (e.g., `[1]' = the first extension
4673following the primary array) or by preceded the number with a plus sign
4674(`+1').  To specify the HDU by name, give the name of the desired HDU
4675(the value of the EXTNAME or HDUNAME keyword) and optionally the
4676extension version number (value of the EXTVER keyword) and the
4677extension type (value of the XTENSION keyword: IMAGE, ASCII or TABLE,
4678or BINTABLE), separated by commas and all enclosed in square brackets.
4679If the value of EXTVER and XTENSION are not specified, then the first
4680extension with the correct value of EXTNAME is opened. The extension
4681name and type are not case sensitive, and the extension type may be
4682abbreviated to a single letter (e.g., I = IMAGE extension or primary
4683array, A or T = ASCII table extension, and B = binary table BINTABLE
4684extension).   If the HDU location specifier is equal to `[PRIMARY]' or
4685`[P]', then the primary array (the first HDU) will be opened.
4686
4687FITS images are most commonly stored in the primary array or an image
4688extension, but images can also be stored as a vector in a single cell
4689of a binary table (i.e. each row of the vector column contains a
4690different image).  Such an image can be opened with CFITSIO by
4691specifying the desired column  name and the row number after the binary
4692table HDU specifier as shown in the following examples. The column name
4693is separated from the HDU specifier by a semicolon and the row number
4694is enclosed in parentheses.  In this case CFITSIO copies the image from
4695the table cell into a temporary primary array before it is opened.  The
4696application program then just sees the image in the primary array,
4697without any extensions.  The particular row to be opened may be
4698specified either by giving an absolute integer row number (starting
4699with 1 for the first row), or by specifying a boolean expression that
4700evaluates to TRUE for the desired row.  The first row that satisfies
4701the expression will be used.  The row selection expression has the same
4702syntax as described in the Row Filter Specifier section, below.
4703
4704 Examples:
4705-
4706   myfile.fits[3] - open the 3rd HDU following the primary array
4707   myfile.fits+3  - same as above, but using the FTOOLS-style notation
4708   myfile.fits[EVENTS] - open the extension that has EXTNAME = 'EVENTS'
4709   myfile.fits[EVENTS, 2]  - same as above, but also requires EXTVER = 2
4710   myfile.fits[events,2,b] - same, but also requires XTENSION = 'BINTABLE'
4711   myfile.fits[3; images(17)] - opens the image in row 17 of the 'images'
4712                                column in the 3rd extension of the file.
4713   myfile.fits[3; images(exposure > 100)] - as above, but opens the image
4714                   in the first row that has an 'exposure' column value
4715                   greater than 100.
4716-
4717
4718**G.  Image Section
4719
4720A virtual file containing a rectangular subsection of an image can be
4721extracted and opened by specifying the range of pixels (start:end)
4722along each axis to be extracted from the original image.  One can also
4723specify an optional pixel increment (start:end:step) for each axis of
4724the input image.  A pixel step = 1 will be assumed if it is not
4725specified.  If the start pixel is larger then the end pixel, then the
4726image will be flipped (producing a mirror image) along that dimension.
4727An asterisk, '*', may be used to specify the entire range of an axis,
4728and '-*' will flip the entire axis. The input image can be in the
4729primary array, in an image extension, or contained in a vector cell of
4730a binary table. In the later 2 cases the extension name or number must
4731be specified before the image section specifier.
4732
4733 Examples:
4734-
4735  myfile.fits[1:512:2, 2:512:2] -  open a 256x256 pixel image
4736              consisting of the odd numbered columns (1st axis) and
4737              the even numbered rows (2nd axis) of the image in the
4738              primary array of the file.
4739
4740  myfile.fits[*, 512:256] - open an image consisting of all the columns
4741              in the input image, but only rows 256 through 512.
4742              The image will be flipped along the 2nd axis since
4743              the starting pixel is greater than the ending pixel.
4744
4745  myfile.fits[*:2, 512:256:2] - same as above but keeping only
4746              every other row and column in the input image.
4747
4748  myfile.fits[-*, *] - copy the entire image, flipping it along
4749              the first axis.
4750
4751  myfile.fits[3][1:256,1:256] - opens a subsection of the image that
4752              is in the 3rd extension of the file.
4753
4754  myfile.fits[4; images(12)][1:10,1:10] - open an image consisting
4755	      of the first 10 pixels in both dimensions. The original
4756	      image resides in the 12th row of the 'images' vector
4757	      column in the table in the 4th extension of the file.
4758-
4759
4760When CFITSIO opens an image section it first creates a temporary file
4761containing the image section plus a copy of any other HDUs in the
4762file.  This temporary file is then opened by the application program,
4763so it is not possible to write to or modify the input file when
4764specifying an image section.  Note that CFITSIO automatically updates
4765the world coordinate system keywords in the header of the image
4766section, if they exist, so that the coordinate associated with each
4767pixel in the image section will be computed correctly.
4768
4769**H.  Image Transform Filters
4770
4771CFITSIO can apply a user-specified mathematical function to the value
4772of every pixel in a FITS image, thus creating a new virtual image
4773in computer memory that is then opened and read by the application
4774program.  The original FITS image is not modified by this process.
4775
4776The image transformation specifier is appended to the input
4777FITS file name and is enclosed in square brackets.  It begins with the
4778letters 'PIX' to distinguish it from other types of FITS file filters
4779that are recognized by CFITSIO.  The image transforming function may
4780use any of the mathematical operators listed in the following
4781'Row Filtering Specification' section of this document.
4782Some examples of  image transform filters are:
4783-
4784 [pix X * 2.0]               - multiply each pixel by 2.0
4785 [pix sqrt(X)]               - take the square root of each pixel
4786 [pix X + #ZEROPT            - add the value of the ZEROPT keyword
4787 [pix X>0 ? log10(X) : -99.] - if the pixel value is greater
4788                               than 0, compute the base 10 log,
4789                               else set the pixel = -99.
4790-
4791Use the letter 'X' in the expression to represent the current pixel value
4792in the image.  The expression is evaluated
4793independently for each pixel in the image and may be a function of 1) the
4794original pixel value, 2) the value of other pixels in the image at
4795a given relative offset from the position of the pixel that is being
4796evaluated, and 3) the value of
4797any header keywords.  Header keyword values are represented
4798by the name of the keyword preceded by the '\#' sign.
4799
4800
4801To access the the value of adjacent pixels in the image,
4802specify the (1-D) offset from the current pixel in curly brackets.
4803For example
4804-
4805 [pix  (x{-1} + x + x{+1}) / 3]
4806-
4807will replace each pixel value with the running mean of the values of that
4808pixel and it's 2 neighboring pixels.  Note that in this notation the image
4809is treated as a 1-D array, where each row of the image (or higher dimensional
4810cube) is appended one after another in one long array of pixels.
4811It is possible to refer to pixels
4812in the rows above or below the current pixel by using the value of the
4813NAXIS1 header keyword.  For example
4814-
4815 [pix (x{-#NAXIS1} + x + x{#NAXIS1}) / 3]
4816-
4817will compute the mean of each image pixel and the pixels immediately
4818above and below it in the adjacent rows of the image.
4819The following more complex example
4820creates a smoothed virtual image where each pixel
4821is a 3 x 3 boxcar average of the input image pixels:
4822-
4823  [pix (X + X{-1} + X{+1}
4824      + X{-#NAXIS1} + X{-#NAXIS1 - 1} + X{-#NAXIS1 + 1}
4825      + X{#NAXIS1} + X{#NAXIS1 - 1} + X{#NAXIS1 + 1}) / 9.]
4826-
4827If the pixel offset
4828extends beyond the first or last pixel in the image, the function will
4829evaluate to undefined, or NULL.
4830
4831For  complex  or commonly used image filtering operations,
4832one  can  write the expression into an external text  file and
4833then import it  into the
4834filter using  the syntax '[pix @filename.txt]'.   The mathematical
4835expression can
4836extend over multiple lines of text in the  file.
4837Any lines in the external text file
4838that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will be ignored and may be
4839used to add comments into the file.
4840
4841By default, the datatype of the resulting image will be the same as
4842the original image, but one may force a different datatype by appended
4843a code letter to the 'pix' keyword:
4844-
4845      pixb  -  8-bit byte    image with BITPIX =   8
4846      pixi  - 16-bit integer image with BITPIX =  16
4847      pixj  - 32-bit integer image with BITPIX =  32
4848      pixr  - 32-bit float   image with BITPIX = -32
4849      pixd  - 64-bit float   image with BITPIX = -64
4850-
4851Also by default, any other HDUs in the input file will be copied without
4852change to the
4853output virtual FITS file, but one may discard the other HDUs by adding
4854the number '1' to the 'pix' keyword (and following any optional datatype code
4855letter).  For example:
4856-
4857     myfile.fits[3][pixr1  sqrt(X)]
4858-
4859will create a virtual FITS file containing only a primary array image
4860with 32-bit floating point pixels that have a value equal to the square
4861root of the pixels in the image that is in the 3rd extension
4862of the 'myfile.fits' file.
4863
4864
4865
4866**I.  Column and Keyword Filtering Specification
4867
4868The optional column/keyword filtering specifier is used to modify the
4869column structure and/or the header keywords in the HDU that was
4870selected with the previous HDU location specifier. This filtering
4871specifier must be enclosed in square brackets and can be distinguished
4872from a general row filter specifier (described below) by the fact that
4873it begins with the string 'col ' and is not immediately followed by an
4874equals sign.  The original file is not changed by this filtering
4875operation, and instead the modifications are made on a copy of the
4876input FITS file (usually in memory), which also contains a copy of all
4877the other HDUs in the file.  This temporary file is passed to the
4878application program and will persist only until the file is closed or
4879until the program exits, unless the outfile specifier (see above) is
4880also supplied.
4881
4882The column/keyword filter can be used to perform the following
4883operations.  More than one operation may be specified by separating
4884them with commas or semi-colons.
4885
4886\begin{itemize}
4887
4888\item
4889Copy only a specified list of columns columns to the filtered input file.
4890The list of column name should be separated by commas or semi-colons.  Wild card
4891characters may be used in the column names to match multiple columns.
4892If the expression contains both a list of columns to be included and
4893columns to be deleted, then all the columns in the original table
4894except the explicitly deleted columns will appear in the filtered
4895table (i.e., there is no need to explicitly list the columns to
4896be included if any columns are being deleted).
4897
4898\item
4899Delete a column or keyword by listing the name preceded by a minus
4900sign or an exclamation mark (!), e.g., '-TIME' will delete the TIME
4901column if it exists, otherwise the TIME keyword.  An error is returned
4902if neither a column nor keyword with this name exists.  Note  that the
4903exclamation point,  '!', is a special UNIX character, so if it is used
4904on the command line rather than entered at a task prompt, it must be
4905preceded by a backslash to force the UNIX shell to ignore it.
4906
4907\item
4908Rename an existing column or keyword with the syntax 'NewName ==
4909OldName'.  An error is returned if neither a column nor keyword with
4910this name exists.
4911
4912\item
4913Append a new column or keyword to the table.  To create a column,
4914give the new name, optionally followed by the datatype in parentheses,
4915followed by a single equals sign and an  expression to be used to
4916compute the value (e.g., 'newcol(1J) = 0' will create a new 32-bit
4917integer column called 'newcol' filled with zeros).  The datatype is
4918specified using the same syntax that is allowed for the value of the
4919FITS TFORMn keyword (e.g., 'I', 'J', 'E', 'D', etc. for binary tables,
4920and 'I8', F12.3', 'E20.12', etc. for ASCII tables).  If the datatype is
4921not specified then an appropriate datatype will be chosen depending on
4922the form of the expression (may be a character string, logical, bit, long
4923integer, or double column). An appropriate vector count (in the case
4924of binary tables) will also be added if not explicitly specified.
4925
4926When creating a new keyword, the keyword name must be preceded by a
4927pound sign '\#', and the expression must evaluate to a scalar
4928(i.e., cannot have a column name in the expression).  The comment
4929string for the keyword may be specified in parentheses immediately
4930following the keyword name (instead of supplying a datatype as in
4931the case of creating a new column).  If the keyword name ends with a
4932pound sign '\#', then cfitsio will substitute the number of the
4933most recently referenced column for the \# character .
4934This is especially useful when writing
4935a column-related keyword like TUNITn for a newly created column,
4936as shown in the following examples.
4937
4938COMMENT and HISTORY keywords may also be created with the following syntax:
4939-
4940   #COMMENT = 'This is a comment keyword'
4941   #HISTORY = 'This is a history keyword'
4942-
4943Note that the equal sign and the quote characters will be removed, so
4944that the resulting header keywords in these cases will look like this:
4945-
4946   COMMENT This is a comment keyword
4947   HISTORY This is a history keyword
4948-
4949These two special keywords are always appended to the end of the header
4950and will not affect any previously existing COMMENT or HISTORY keywords.
4951
4952\item
4953Recompute (overwrite) the values in an existing column or keyword by
4954giving the name followed by an equals sign and an arithmetic
4955expression.
4956\end{itemize}
4957
4958The expression that is used when appending or recomputing columns or
4959keywords can be arbitrarily complex and may be a function of other
4960header keyword values and other columns (in the same row).  The full
4961syntax and available functions for the expression are described below
4962in the row filter specification section.
4963
4964If the expression contains both a list of columns to be included and
4965columns to be deleted, then all the columns in the original table
4966except the explicitly deleted columns will appear in the filtered
4967table.  If no columns to be deleted are specified, then only the
4968columns that are explicitly listed will be included in the filtered
4969output table.  To include all the columns, add the '*' wildcard
4970specifier at the end of the list, as shown in the examples.
4971
4972For  complex  or commonly used operations,  one  can also  place the
4973operations into an external text  file and import it  into the  column
4974filter using  the syntax '[col @filename.txt]'.   The operations can
4975extend over multiple lines of the  file, but multiple operations must
4976still be separated by commas or semi-colons.   Any lines in the external text file
4977that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will be ignored and may be
4978used to add comments into the file.
4979
4980Examples:
4981-
4982   [col Time, rate]              - only the Time and rate columns will
4983                                   appear in the filtered input file.
4984
4985   [col Time, *raw]              - include the Time column and any other
4986                                   columns whose name ends with 'raw'.
4987
4988   [col -TIME; Good == STATUS]   - deletes the TIME column and
4989                                   renames the status column to 'Good'
4990
4991   [col PI=PHA * 1.1 + 0.2; #TUNIT#(column units) = 'counts';*]
4992                                 - creates new PI column from PHA values
4993                                   and also writes the TUNITn keyword
4994                                   for the new column.  The final '*'
4995                                   expression means preserve all the
4996                                   columns in the input table in the
4997                                   virtual output table;  without the '*'
4998                                   the output table would only contain
4999                                   the single 'PI' column.
5000
5001   [col rate = rate/exposure, TUNIT#(&) = 'counts/s';*]
5002                                 - recomputes the rate column by dividing
5003                                   it by the EXPOSURE keyword value. This
5004                                   also modifies the value of the TUNITn
5005                                   keyword for this column. The use of the
5006                                   '&' character for the keyword comment
5007                                   string means preserve the existing
5008                                   comment string for that keyword. The
5009                                   final '*' preserves all the columns
5010                                   in the input table in the virtual
5011                                   output table.
5012-
5013
5014**J.  Row Filtering Specification
5015
5016    When entering the name of a FITS table that is to be opened by a
5017    program, an optional row filter may be specified to select a subset
5018    of the rows in the table.  A temporary new FITS file is created on
5019    the fly which contains only those rows for which the row filter
5020    expression evaluates to true.  (The primary array and any other
5021    extensions in the input file are also copied to the temporary
5022    file).  The original FITS file is closed and the new virtual file
5023    is opened by the application program.  The row filter expression is
5024    enclosed in square brackets following the file name and extension
5025    name (e.g., 'file.fits[events][GRADE==50]'  selects only those rows
5026    where the GRADE column value equals 50).   When dealing with tables
5027    where each row has an associated time and/or 2D spatial position,
5028    the row filter expression can also be used to select rows based on
5029    the times in a Good Time Intervals (GTI) extension, or on spatial
5030    position as given in a SAO-style region file.
5031
5032***1.  General Syntax
5033
5034    The row filtering  expression can be an arbitrarily  complex series
5035    of operations performed  on constants,  keyword values,  and column
5036    data taken from the specified FITS TABLE extension.  The expression
5037    must evaluate to a boolean  value for each row  of the table, where
5038    a value of FALSE means that the row will be excluded.
5039
5040    For complex or commonly  used filters, one can place the expression
5041    into a text file and import it into the row filter using the syntax
5042    '[@filename.txt]'.  The expression can be  arbitrarily complex and
5043    extend over multiple lines of the file.  Any lines in the external
5044    text file that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will be ignored
5045    and may be used to add comments into the file.
5046
5047    Keyword and   column data  are referenced by   name.  Any  string of
5048    characters not surrounded by    quotes (ie, a constant  string)   or
5049    followed by   an open parentheses (ie,   a  function name)   will be
5050    initially interpreted   as a column  name and  its contents for the
5051    current row inserted into the expression.  If no such column exists,
5052    a keyword of that  name will be searched for  and its value used, if
5053    found.  To force the  name to be  interpreted as a keyword (in case
5054    there is both a column and keyword with the  same name), precede the
5055    keyword name with a single pound sign, '\#', as in '\#NAXIS2'.  Due to
5056    the generalities of FITS column and  keyword names, if the column or
5057    keyword name  contains a space or a  character which might appear as
5058    an arithmetic  term then enclose  the  name in '\$'  characters as in
5059    \$MAX PHA\$ or \#\$MAX-PHA\$.  Names are case insensitive.
5060
5061    To access a table entry in a row other  than the current one, follow
5062    the  column's name  with  a row  offset  within  curly  braces.  For
5063    example, 'PHA\{-3\}' will evaluate to the value  of column PHA, 3 rows
5064    above  the  row currently  being processed.   One  cannot specify an
5065    absolute row number, only a relative offset.  Rows that fall outside
5066    the table will be treated as undefined, or NULLs.
5067
5068    Boolean   operators can be  used in  the expression  in either their
5069    Fortran or C forms.  The following boolean operators are available:
5070-
5071    "equal"         .eq. .EQ. ==  "not equal"          .ne.  .NE.  !=
5072    "less than"     .lt. .LT. <   "less than/equal"    .le.  .LE.  <= =<
5073    "greater than"  .gt. .GT. >   "greater than/equal" .ge.  .GE.  >= =>
5074    "or"            .or. .OR. ||  "and"                .and. .AND. &&
5075    "negation"     .not. .NOT. !  "approx. equal(1e-7)"  ~
5076-
5077
5078Note  that the exclamation
5079point,  '!', is a special UNIX character, so if it is used  on the
5080command line rather than entered at a task prompt, it must be  preceded
5081by a backslash to force the UNIX shell to ignore it.
5082
5083    The expression may  also include arithmetic operators and functions.
5084    Trigonometric  functions use  radians,  not degrees.  The  following
5085    arithmetic  operators and  functions  can be  used in the expression
5086    (function names are case insensitive). A null value will be returned
5087    in case of illegal operations such as divide by zero, sqrt(negative)
5088    log(negative), log10(negative), arccos(.gt. 1), arcsin(.gt. 1).
5089
5090-
5091    "addition"           +          "subtraction"          -
5092    "multiplication"     *          "division"             /
5093    "negation"           -          "exponentiation"       **   ^
5094    "absolute value"     abs(x)     "cosine"               cos(x)
5095    "sine"               sin(x)     "tangent"              tan(x)
5096    "arc cosine"         arccos(x)  "arc sine"             arcsin(x)
5097    "arc tangent"        arctan(x)  "arc tangent"          arctan2(y,x)
5098    "hyperbolic cos"     cosh(x)    "hyperbolic sin"       sinh(x)
5099    "hyperbolic tan"     tanh(x)    "round to nearest int" round(x)
5100    "round down to int"  floor(x)   "round up to int"      ceil(x)
5101    "exponential"        exp(x)     "square root"          sqrt(x)
5102    "natural log"        log(x)     "common log"           log10(x)
5103    "modulus"            x % y      "random # [0.0,1.0)"   random()
5104    "random Gaussian"    randomn()  "random Poisson"       randomp(x)
5105    "minimum"            min(x,y)   "maximum"              max(x,y)
5106    "cumulative sum"     accum(x)  "sequential difference" seqdiff(x)
5107    "if-then-else"       b?x:y
5108    "angular separation"  angsep(ra1,dec1,ra2,de2) (all in degrees)
5109    "substring"      strmid(s,p,n) "string search"         strstr(s,r)
5110-
5111Three different random number functions are provided:  random(), with no
5112arguments, produces a uniform random deviate between 0 and 1; randomn(),
5113also with no arguments, produces a normal (Gaussian) random deviate  with
5114zero mean and unit standard deviation; randomp(x) produces a Poisson random
5115deviate whose expected number of counts is X.  X may be any positive real
5116number of expected counts, including fractional values, but the return value
5117is an integer.
5118
5119When the random functions are used in a vector expression, by default
5120the same random value will be used when evaluating each element of the vector.
5121If different random numbers are desired, then the name of a vector
5122column should be supplied as the single argument to the random
5123function (e.g., "flux + 0.1 * random(flux)", where "flux' is the
5124name of a vector column).  This will create a vector of
5125random numbers that will be used in sequence when evaluating each
5126element of the vector expression.
5127
5128    An alternate syntax for the min and max functions  has only a single
5129    argument which  should be  a  vector value (see  below).  The result
5130    will be the minimum/maximum element contained within the vector.
5131
5132    The accum(x) function forms the cumulative sum of x, element by element.
5133    Vector columns are supported simply by performing the summation process
5134    through all the values.  Null values are treated as 0.  The seqdiff(x)
5135    function forms the sequential difference of x, element by element.
5136    The first value of seqdiff is the first value of x.  A single null
5137    value in x causes a pair of nulls in the output.  The seqdiff and
5138    accum functions are functional inverses, i.e., seqdiff(accum(x)) == x
5139    as long as no null values are present.
5140
5141In the if-then-else expression, "b?x:y", b is an explicit boolean
5142value or expression.  There is no automatic type conversion from
5143numeric to boolean values, so one needs to use "iVal!=0" instead of
5144merely "iVal" as the boolean argument. x and y can be any scalar data
5145type (including string).
5146
5147    The angsep function computes the angular separation in degrees
5148    between 2 celestial positions, where the first 2 parameters
5149    give the RA-like and Dec-like coordinates (in decimal degrees)
5150    of the first position, and the 3rd and 4th parameters give the
5151    coordinates of the second position.
5152
5153The substring function strmid(S,P,N) extracts a substring from S,
5154starting at string position P, with a substring length N.  The first
5155character position in S is labeled as 1. If P is 0, or refers to a
5156position beyond the end of S, then the extracted substring will be
5157NULL.   S, P, and N may be functions of other columns.
5158
5159The string search function strstr(S,R) searches for the first occurrence
5160of the substring R in S.  The result is an integer, indicating the
5161character position of the first match (where 1 is the first character
5162position of S).  If no match is found, then strstr() returns a NULL
5163value.
5164
5165    The  following  type  casting  operators  are  available,  where the
5166    enclosing parentheses are required and taken  from  the  C  language
5167    usage. Also, the integer to real casts values to double precision:
5168-
5169                "real to integer"    (int) x     (INT) x
5170                "integer to real"    (float) i   (FLOAT) i
5171-
5172
5173    In addition, several constants are built in  for  use  in  numerical
5174    expressions:
5175
5176-
5177        #pi              3.1415...      #e             2.7182...
5178        #deg             #pi/180        #row           current row number
5179        #null         undefined value   #snull         undefined string
5180-
5181
5182    A  string constant must  be enclosed  in quotes  as in  'Crab'.  The
5183    "null" constants  are useful for conditionally  setting table values
5184    to a NULL, or undefined, value (eg., "col1==-99 ? \#NULL : col1").
5185
5186    There is also a function for testing if  two  values  are  close  to
5187    each  other,  i.e.,  if  they are "near" each other to within a user
5188    specified tolerance. The  arguments,  value\_1  and  value\_2  can  be
5189    integer  or  real  and  represent  the two values who's proximity is
5190    being tested to be within the specified tolerance, also  an  integer
5191    or real:
5192-
5193                    near(value_1, value_2, tolerance)
5194-
5195    When  a  NULL, or undefined, value is encountered in the FITS table,
5196    the expression will evaluate to NULL unless the undefined  value  is
5197    not   actually   required  for  evaluation,  e.g. "TRUE  .or.  NULL"
5198    evaluates to TRUE. The  following  two  functions  allow  some  NULL
5199    detection  and  handling:
5200-
5201         "a null value?"              ISNULL(x)
5202         "define a value for null"    DEFNULL(x,y)
5203-
5204    The former
5205    returns a boolean value of TRUE if the  argument  x  is  NULL.   The
5206    later  "defines"  a  value  to  be  substituted  for NULL values; it
5207    returns the value of x if x is not NULL, otherwise  it  returns  the
5208    value of y.
5209
5210***2.  Bit Masks
5211
5212    Bit  masks can be used to select out rows from bit columns (TFORMn =
5213    \#X) in FITS files. To represent the mask,  binary,  octal,  and  hex
5214    formats are allowed:
5215
5216-
5217                 binary:   b0110xx1010000101xxxx0001
5218                 octal:    o720x1 -> (b111010000xxx001)
5219                 hex:      h0FxD  -> (b00001111xxxx1101)
5220-
5221
5222    In  all  the  representations, an x or X is allowed in the mask as a
5223    wild card. Note that the x represents a  different  number  of  wild
5224    card  bits  in  each  representation.  All  representations are case
5225    insensitive.
5226
5227    To construct the boolean expression using the mask  as  the  boolean
5228    equal  operator  described above on a bit table column. For example,
5229    if you had a 7 bit column named flags in a  FITS  table  and  wanted
5230    all  rows  having  the bit pattern 0010011, the selection expression
5231    would be:
5232
5233-
5234                            flags == b0010011
5235    or
5236                            flags .eq. b10011
5237-
5238
5239    It is also possible to test if a range of bits is  less  than,  less
5240    than  equal,  greater  than  and  greater than equal to a particular
5241    boolean value:
5242
5243-
5244                            flags <= bxxx010xx
5245                            flags .gt. bxxx100xx
5246                            flags .le. b1xxxxxxx
5247-
5248
5249    Notice the use of the x bit value to limit the range of  bits  being
5250    compared.
5251
5252    It  is  not necessary to specify the leading (most significant) zero
5253    (0) bits in the mask, as shown in the second expression above.
5254
5255    Bit wise AND, OR and NOT operations are  also  possible  on  two  or
5256    more  bit  fields  using  the  '\&'(AND),  '$|$'(OR),  and the '!'(NOT)
5257    operators. All of these operators result in a bit  field  which  can
5258    then be used with the equal operator. For example:
5259
5260-
5261                          (!flags) == b1101100
5262                          (flags & b1000001) == bx000001
5263-
5264
5265    Bit  fields can be appended as well using the '+' operator.  Strings
5266    can be concatenated this way, too.
5267
5268***3.  Vector Columns
5269
5270    Vector columns can also be used  in  building  the  expression.   No
5271    special  syntax  is required if one wants to operate on all elements
5272    of the vector.  Simply use the column name as for a  scalar  column.
5273    Vector  columns  can  be  freely  intermixed  with scalar columns or
5274    constants in virtually all expressions.  The result will be  of  the
5275    same dimension as the vector.  Two vectors in an expression, though,
5276    need to  have  the  same  number  of  elements  and  have  the  same
5277    dimensions.   The  only  places  a vector column cannot be used (for
5278    now, anyway) are the SAO  region  functions  and  the  NEAR  boolean
5279    function.
5280
5281    Arithmetic and logical operations are all performed on an element by
5282    element basis.  Comparing two vector columns,  eg  "COL1  ==  COL2",
5283    thus  results  in  another vector of boolean values indicating which
5284    elements of the two vectors are equal.
5285
5286    Eight functions are available that operate on a vector and return a
5287    scalar result:
5288-
5289    "minimum"      MIN(V)          "maximum"               MAX(V)
5290    "average"      AVERAGE(V)      "median"                MEDIAN(V)
5291    "summation"    SUM(V)          "standard deviation"    STDDEV(V)
5292    "# of values"  NELEM(V)        "# of non-null values"  NVALID(V)
5293-
5294    where V represents the name of a vector column or a manually
5295    constructed vector using curly brackets as described below.  The
5296    first 6 of these functions ignore any null values in the vector when
5297    computing the result.  The STDDEV() function computes the sample
5298    standard deviation, i.e. it is proportional to 1/SQRT(N-1) instead
5299    of 1/SQRT(N), where N is NVALID(V).
5300
5301    The SUM function literally sums all  the elements in x,  returning a
5302    scalar value.   If x  is  a  boolean  vector, SUM returns the number
5303    of TRUE elements. The NELEM function  returns the number of elements
5304    in vector x whereas NVALID return the number of non-null elements in
5305    the  vector.   (NELEM  also  operates  on  bit  and string  columns,
5306    returning their column widths.)  As an example, to  test whether all
5307    elements of two vectors satisfy a  given logical comparison, one can
5308    use the expression
5309-
5310              SUM( COL1 > COL2 ) == NELEM( COL1 )
5311-
5312
5313    which will return TRUE if all elements  of  COL1  are  greater  than
5314    their corresponding elements in COL2.
5315
5316    To  specify  a  single  element  of  a  vector, give the column name
5317    followed by  a  comma-separated  list  of  coordinates  enclosed  in
5318    square  brackets.  For example, if a vector column named PHAS exists
5319    in the table as a one dimensional, 256  component  list  of  numbers
5320    from  which  you  wanted to select the 57th component for use in the
5321    expression, then PHAS[57] would do the  trick.   Higher  dimensional
5322    arrays  of  data  may appear in a column.  But in order to interpret
5323    them, the TDIMn keyword must appear in the header.  Assuming that  a
5324    (4,4,4,4)  array  is packed into each row of a column named ARRAY4D,
5325    the  (1,2,3,4)  component  element  of  each  row  is  accessed   by
5326    ARRAY4D[1,2,3,4].    Arrays   up   to   dimension  5  are  currently
5327    supported.  Each vector index can itself be an expression,  although
5328    it  must  evaluate  to  an  integer  value  within the bounds of the
5329    vector.  Vector columns which contain spaces or arithmetic operators
5330    must   have   their   names  enclosed  in  "\$"  characters  as  with
5331    \$ARRAY-4D\$[1,2,3,4].
5332
5333    A  more  C-like  syntax  for  specifying  vector  indices  is   also
5334    available.   The element used in the preceding example alternatively
5335    could be specified with the syntax  ARRAY4D[4][3][2][1].   Note  the
5336    reverse  order  of  indices  (as in C), as well as the fact that the
5337    values are still ones-based (as  in  Fortran  --  adopted  to  avoid
5338    ambiguity  for  1D vectors).  With this syntax, one does not need to
5339    specify all of the indices.  To  extract  a  3D  slice  of  this  4D
5340    array, use ARRAY4D[4].
5341
5342    Variable-length vector columns are not supported.
5343
5344    Vectors can  be manually constructed  within the expression  using a
5345    comma-separated list of  elements surrounded by curly braces ('\{\}').
5346    For example, '\{1,3,6,1\}' is a 4-element vector containing the values
5347    1, 3, 6, and 1.  The  vector can contain  only boolean, integer, and
5348    real values (or expressions).  The elements will  be promoted to the
5349    highest  datatype   present.  Any   elements   which  are themselves
5350    vectors, will be expanded out with  each of its elements becoming an
5351    element in the constructed vector.
5352
5353***4.  Good Time Interval Filtering
5354
5355    A common filtering method involves selecting rows which have a time
5356    value which lies within what is called a Good Time Interval or GTI.
5357    The time intervals are defined in a separate FITS table extension
5358    which contains 2 columns giving the start and stop time of each
5359    good interval.  The filtering operation accepts only those rows of
5360    the input table which have an associated time which falls within
5361    one of the time intervals defined in the GTI extension. A high
5362    level function, gtifilter(a,b,c,d), is available which evaluates
5363    each row of the input table  and returns TRUE  or FALSE depending
5364    whether the row is inside or outside the  good time interval.  The
5365    syntax is
5366-
5367      gtifilter( [ "gtifile" [, expr [, "STARTCOL", "STOPCOL" ] ] ] )
5368-
5369    where  each "[]" demarks optional parameters.  Note that  the quotes
5370    around the gtifile and START/STOP column are required.  Either single
5371    or double quotes may be used.  In cases where this expression is
5372    entered on the Unix command line, enclose the entire expression in
5373    double quotes, and then use single quotes within the expression to
5374    enclose the 'gtifile' and other terms.  It is also usually possible
5375    to do the reverse, and enclose the whole expression in single quotes
5376    and then use double quotes within the expression.  The gtifile,
5377    if specified,  can be blank  ("") which will  mean to use  the first
5378    extension  with   the name "*GTI*"  in   the current  file,  a plain
5379    extension  specifier (eg, "+2",  "[2]", or "[STDGTI]") which will be
5380    used  to  select  an extension  in  the current  file, or  a regular
5381    filename with or without an extension  specifier which in the latter
5382    case  will mean to  use the first  extension  with an extension name
5383    "*GTI*".  Expr can be   any arithmetic expression, including  simply
5384    the time  column  name.  A  vector  time expression  will  produce a
5385    vector boolean  result.  STARTCOL and  STOPCOL are the  names of the
5386    START/STOP   columns in the    GTI extension.  If   one  of them  is
5387    specified, they both  must be.
5388
5389    In  its  simplest form, no parameters need to be provided -- default
5390    values will be used.  The expression "gtifilter()" is equivalent to
5391-
5392       gtifilter( "", TIME, "*START*", "*STOP*" )
5393-
5394    This will search the current file for a GTI  extension,  filter  the
5395    TIME  column in the current table, using START/STOP times taken from
5396    columns in the GTI  extension  with  names  containing  the  strings
5397    "START"  and "STOP".  The wildcards ('*') allow slight variations in
5398    naming conventions  such  as  "TSTART"  or  "STARTTIME".   The  same
5399    default  values  apply for unspecified parameters when the first one
5400    or  two  parameters  are  specified.   The  function   automatically
5401    searches   for   TIMEZERO/I/F   keywords  in  the  current  and  GTI
5402    extensions, applying a relative time offset, if necessary.
5403
5404***5.  Spatial Region Filtering
5405
5406    Another common  filtering method selects rows based on whether the
5407    spatial position associated with each row is located within a given
5408    2-dimensional region.  The syntax for this high-level filter is
5409-
5410       regfilter( "regfilename" [ , Xexpr, Yexpr [ , "wcs cols" ] ] )
5411-
5412    where each "[]" demarks optional parameters. The region file name
5413    is required and must be  enclosed in quotes.  The remaining
5414    parameters are optional.  There are 2 supported formats for the
5415    region file: ASCII file or FITS binary table.  The region file
5416    contains a list of one or more geometric shapes (circle,
5417    ellipse, box, etc.) which defines a region on the celestial sphere
5418    or an area within a particular 2D image.  The region file is
5419    typically generated using an image display program such as fv/POW
5420    (distribute by the HEASARC), or ds9 (distributed by the Smithsonian
5421    Astrophysical Observatory).  Users should refer to the documentation
5422    provided with these programs for more details on the syntax used in
5423    the region files.  The FITS region file format is defined in a document
5424    available from the FITS Support Office at
5425    http://fits.gsfc.nasa.gov/ registry/ region.html
5426
5427    In its simplest form, (e.g., regfilter("region.reg") ) the
5428    coordinates in the default 'X' and 'Y' columns will be used to
5429    determine if each row is inside or outside the area specified in
5430    the region file.  Alternate position column names, or expressions,
5431    may be entered if needed, as in
5432-
5433        regfilter("region.reg", XPOS, YPOS)
5434-
5435    Region filtering can be applied most unambiguously if the positions
5436    in the region file and in the table to be filtered are both give in
5437    terms of absolute celestial coordinate units.  In this case the
5438    locations and sizes of the geometric shapes in the region file are
5439    specified in angular units on the sky (e.g., positions given in
5440    R.A. and Dec.  and sizes in arcseconds or arcminutes).  Similarly,
5441    each row of the filtered table will have a celestial coordinate
5442    associated with it.  This association is usually implemented using
5443    a set of so-called 'World Coordinate System' (or WCS) FITS keywords
5444    that define the coordinate transformation that must be applied to
5445    the values in the 'X' and 'Y' columns to calculate the coordinate.
5446
5447    Alternatively, one can perform spatial filtering using unitless
5448    'pixel' coordinates for the regions and row positions.  In this
5449    case the user must be careful to ensure that the positions in the 2
5450    files are self-consistent.  A typical problem is that the region
5451    file may be generated using a binned image, but the unbinned
5452    coordinates are given in the event table.  The ROSAT events files,
5453    for example, have X and Y pixel coordinates that range from 1 -
5454    15360.  These coordinates are typically binned by a factor of 32 to
5455    produce a 480x480 pixel image.  If one then uses a region file
5456    generated from this image (in image pixel units) to filter the
5457    ROSAT events file, then the X and Y column values must be converted
5458    to corresponding pixel units as in:
5459-
5460        regfilter("rosat.reg", X/32.+.5, Y/32.+.5)
5461-
5462    Note that this binning conversion is not necessary if the region
5463    file is specified using celestial coordinate units instead of pixel
5464    units because CFITSIO is then able to directly compare the
5465    celestial coordinate of each row in the table with the celestial
5466    coordinates in the region file without having to know anything
5467    about how the image may have been binned.
5468
5469    The last "wcs cols" parameter should rarely be needed. If supplied,
5470    this  string contains the names of the 2 columns (space or comma
5471    separated) which have the associated WCS keywords. If not supplied,
5472    the filter  will scan the X  and Y expressions for column names.
5473    If only one is found in each  expression, those columns will be
5474    used, otherwise an error will be returned.
5475
5476    These region shapes are supported (names are case insensitive):
5477-
5478       Point         ( X1, Y1 )               <- One pixel square region
5479       Line          ( X1, Y1, X2, Y2 )       <- One pixel wide region
5480       Polygon       ( X1, Y1, X2, Y2, ... )  <- Rest are interiors with
5481       Rectangle     ( X1, Y1, X2, Y2, A )       | boundaries considered
5482       Box           ( Xc, Yc, Wdth, Hght, A )   V within the region
5483       Diamond       ( Xc, Yc, Wdth, Hght, A )
5484       Circle        ( Xc, Yc, R )
5485       Annulus       ( Xc, Yc, Rin, Rout )
5486       Ellipse       ( Xc, Yc, Rx, Ry, A )
5487       Elliptannulus ( Xc, Yc, Rinx, Riny, Routx, Routy, Ain, Aout )
5488       Sector        ( Xc, Yc, Amin, Amax )
5489-
5490    where (Xc,Yc) is  the coordinate of  the shape's center; (X\#,Y\#) are
5491    the coordinates  of the shape's edges;  Rxxx are the shapes' various
5492    Radii or semi-major/minor  axes; and Axxx  are the angles of rotation
5493    (or bounding angles for Sector) in degrees.  For rotated shapes, the
5494    rotation angle  can  be left  off, indicating  no rotation.   Common
5495    alternate  names for the regions  can also be  used: rotbox = box;
5496    rotrectangle = rectangle;  (rot)rhombus = (rot)diamond;  and pie
5497    = sector.  When a  shape's name is  preceded by a minus sign, '-',
5498    the defined region  is instead the area  *outside* its boundary (ie,
5499    the region is inverted).  All the shapes within a single region
5500    file are OR'd together to create the region, and the order is
5501    significant. The overall way of looking at region files is that if
5502    the first region is an excluded region then a dummy included region
5503    of the whole detector is inserted in the front. Then each region
5504    specification as it is processed overrides any selections inside of
5505    that region specified by previous regions. Another way of thinking
5506    about this is that if a previous excluded region is completely
5507    inside of a subsequent included region the excluded region is
5508    ignored.
5509
5510    The positional coordinates may be given either in pixel units,
5511    decimal degrees or hh:mm:ss.s, dd:mm:ss.s units.  The shape sizes
5512    may be given in pixels, degrees, arcminutes, or arcseconds.  Look
5513    at examples of region file produced by fv/POW or ds9 for further
5514    details of the region file format.
5515
5516    There are three functions that are primarily for use with SAO region
5517    files and the  FSAOI  task, but they  can  be  used  directly.  They
5518    return  a  boolean true   or  false  depending   on  whether a   two
5519    dimensional point is in the region or not:
5520-
5521    "point in a circular region"
5522          circle(xcntr,ycntr,radius,Xcolumn,Ycolumn)
5523
5524    "point in an elliptical region"
5525         ellipse(xcntr,ycntr,xhlf_wdth,yhlf_wdth,rotation,Xcolumn,Ycolumn)
5526
5527    "point in a rectangular region"
5528             box(xcntr,ycntr,xfll_wdth,yfll_wdth,rotation,Xcolumn,Ycolumn)
5529
5530    where
5531       (xcntr,ycntr) are the (x,y) position of the center of the region
5532       (xhlf_wdth,yhlf_wdth) are the (x,y) half widths of the region
5533       (xfll_wdth,yfll_wdth) are the (x,y) full widths of the region
5534       (radius) is half the diameter of the circle
5535       (rotation) is the angle(degrees) that the region is rotated with
5536             respect to (xcntr,ycntr)
5537       (Xcoord,Ycoord) are the (x,y) coordinates to test, usually column
5538             names
5539       NOTE: each parameter can itself be an expression, not merely a
5540             column name or constant.
5541-
5542
5543***5.  Example Row Filters
5544-
5545    [ binary && mag <= 5.0]        - Extract all binary stars brighter
5546                                     than  fifth magnitude (note that
5547                                     the initial space is necessary to
5548                                     prevent it from being treated as a
5549                                     binning specification)
5550
5551    [#row >= 125 && #row <= 175]   - Extract row numbers 125 through 175
5552
5553    [IMAGE[4,5] .gt. 100]          - Extract all rows that have the
5554                                     (4,5) component of the IMAGE column
5555                                     greater than 100
5556
5557    [abs(sin(theta * #deg)) < 0.5] - Extract all rows having the
5558                                     absolute value of the sine of theta
5559                                     less  than a half where the angles
5560                                     are tabulated in degrees
5561
5562    [SUM( SPEC > 3*BACKGRND )>=1]  - Extract all rows containing a
5563                                     spectrum, held in vector column
5564                                     SPEC, with at least one value 3
5565                                     times greater than the background
5566                                     level held in a keyword, BACKGRND
5567
5568    [VCOL=={1,4,2}]                - Extract all rows whose vector column
5569                                     VCOL contains the 3-elements 1, 4, and
5570                                     2.
5571
5572    [@rowFilter.txt]               - Extract rows using the expression
5573                                     contained within the text file
5574                                     rowFilter.txt
5575
5576    [gtifilter()]                  - Search the current file for a GTI
5577				     extension,  filter  the TIME
5578				     column in the current table, using
5579				     START/STOP times taken from
5580				     columns in the GTI  extension
5581
5582    [regfilter("pow.reg")]         - Extract rows which have a coordinate
5583                                     (as given in the X and Y columns)
5584                                     within the spatial region specified
5585                                     in the pow.reg region file.
5586
5587    [regfilter("pow.reg", Xs, Ys)] - Same as above, except that the
5588                                     Xs and Ys columns will be used to
5589                                     determine the coordinate of each
5590                                     row in the table.
5591-
5592
5593**K.   Binning or Histogramming Specification
5594
5595The optional binning specifier is enclosed in square brackets and can
5596be distinguished from a general row filter specification by the fact
5597that it begins with the keyword 'bin'  not immediately followed by an
5598equals sign.  When binning is specified, a temporary N-dimensional FITS
5599primary array is created by computing the histogram of the values in
5600the specified columns of a FITS table extension.  After the histogram
5601is computed the input FITS file containing the table is then closed and
5602the temporary FITS primary array is opened and passed to the
5603application program.  Thus, the application program never sees the
5604original FITS table and only sees the image in the new temporary file
5605(which has no additional extensions).  Obviously, the application
5606program must be expecting to open a FITS image and not a FITS table in
5607this case.
5608
5609The data type of the FITS histogram image may be specified by appending
5610'b' (for 8-bit byte), 'i' (for 16-bit integers), 'j' (for 32-bit
5611integer), 'r' (for 32-bit floating points), or 'd' (for 64-bit double
5612precision floating point)  to the 'bin' keyword (e.g. '[binr X]'
5613creates a real floating point image).  If the datatype is not
5614explicitly specified then a 32-bit integer image will be created by
5615default, unless the weighting option is also specified in which case
5616the image will have a 32-bit floating point data type by default.
5617
5618The histogram image may have from 1 to 4 dimensions (axes), depending
5619on the number of columns that are specified.  The general form of the
5620binning specification is:
5621-
5622 [bin{bijrd}  Xcol=min:max:binsize, Ycol= ..., Zcol=..., Tcol=...; weight]
5623-
5624in which up to 4 columns, each corresponding to an axis of the image,
5625are listed. The column names are case insensitive, and the column
5626number may be given instead of the name, preceded by a pound sign
5627(e.g., [bin \#4=1:512]).  If the column name is not specified, then
5628CFITSIO will first try to use the 'preferred column' as specified by
5629the CPREF keyword if it exists (e.g., 'CPREF = 'DETX,DETY'), otherwise
5630column names 'X', 'Y', 'Z', and 'T' will be assumed for each of the 4
5631axes, respectively.  In cases where the column name could be confused
5632with an arithmetic expression, enclose the column name in parentheses to
5633force the name to be interpreted literally.
5634
5635Each column name may be followed by an equals sign and then the lower
5636and upper range of the histogram, and the size of the histogram bins,
5637separated by colons.  Spaces are allowed before and after the equals
5638sign but not within the 'min:max:binsize' string.  The min, max and
5639binsize values may be integer or floating point numbers, or they may be
5640the names of keywords in the header of the table.  If the latter, then
5641the value of that keyword is substituted into the expression.
5642
5643Default values for the min, max and binsize quantities will be
5644used if not explicitly given in the binning expression as shown
5645in these examples:
5646-
5647    [bin x = :512:2]  - use default minimum value
5648    [bin x = 1::2]    - use default maximum value
5649    [bin x = 1:512]   - use default bin size
5650    [bin x = 1:]      - use default maximum value and bin size
5651    [bin x = :512]    - use default minimum value and bin size
5652    [bin x = 2]       - use default minimum and maximum values
5653    [bin x]           - use default minimum, maximum and bin size
5654    [bin 4]           - default 2-D image, bin size = 4 in both axes
5655    [bin]             - default 2-D image
5656-
5657CFITSIO  will use the value of the TLMINn, TLMAXn, and TDBINn keywords,
5658if they exist, for the default min, max, and binsize, respectively.  If
5659they do not exist then CFITSIO will use the actual minimum and maximum
5660values in the column for the histogram min and max values.  The default
5661binsize will be set to 1, or (max - min) / 10., whichever is smaller,
5662so that the histogram will have at least 10 bins along each axis.
5663
5664A shortcut notation is allowed if all the columns/axes have the same
5665binning specification.  In this case all the column names may be listed
5666within parentheses, followed by the (single) binning specification, as
5667in:
5668-
5669    [bin (X,Y)=1:512:2]
5670    [bin (X,Y) = 5]
5671-
5672
5673The optional weighting factor is the last item in the binning specifier
5674and, if present, is separated from the list of columns by a
5675semi-colon.  As the histogram is accumulated, this weight is used to
5676incremented the value of the appropriated bin in the histogram.  If the
5677weighting factor is not specified, then the default weight = 1 is
5678assumed.  The weighting factor may be a constant integer or floating
5679point number, or the name of a keyword containing the weighting value.
5680Or the weighting factor may be the name of a table column in which case
5681the value in that column, on a row by row basis, will be used.
5682
5683In some cases, the column or keyword may give the reciprocal of the
5684actual weight value that is needed.  In this case, precede the weight
5685keyword or column name by a slash '/' to tell CFITSIO to use the
5686reciprocal of the value when constructing the histogram.
5687
5688For  complex or commonly  used  histograms, one  can also  place its
5689description  into  a  text  file and  import   it  into  the binning
5690specification  using the  syntax '[bin  @filename.txt]'.  The file's
5691contents  can extend over   multiple lines, although  it must still
5692conform to the  no-spaces rule  for the min:max:binsize syntax and each
5693axis specification must still be comma-separated.  Any lines in the
5694external text file that begin with 2 slash characters ('//') will be
5695ignored and may be used to add comments into the file.
5696
5697 Examples:
5698
5699-
5700    [bini detx, dety]                - 2-D, 16-bit integer histogram
5701                                       of DETX and DETY columns, using
5702                                       default values for the histogram
5703                                       range and binsize
5704
5705    [bin (detx, dety)=16; /exposure] - 2-D, 32-bit real histogram of DETX
5706                                       and DETY columns with a bin size = 16
5707                                       in both axes. The histogram values
5708                                       are divided by the EXPOSURE keyword
5709                                       value.
5710
5711    [bin time=TSTART:TSTOP:0.1]      - 1-D lightcurve, range determined by
5712                                       the TSTART and TSTOP keywords,
5713                                       with 0.1 unit size bins.
5714
5715    [bin pha, time=8000.:8100.:0.1]  - 2-D image using default binning
5716                                       of the PHA column for the X axis,
5717                                       and 1000 bins in the range
5718                                       8000. to 8100. for the Y axis.
5719
5720    [bin @binFilter.txt]             - Use the contents of the text file
5721                                       binFilter.txt for the binning
5722                                       specifications.
5723
5724-
5725
5726
5727*V.  Template Files
5728
5729When a new FITS file is created with a call to fits\_create\_file, the
5730name of a template file may be supplied in parentheses immediately
5731following the name of the new file to be created.  This template is
5732used to define the structure of one or more HDUs in the new file.  The
5733template file may be another FITS file, in which case the newly created
5734file will have exactly the same keywords in each HDU as in the template
5735FITS file, but all the data units will be filled with zeros.  The
5736template file may also be an ASCII text file, where each line (in
5737general) describes one FITS keyword record.  The format of the ASCII
5738template file is described in the following sections.
5739
5740**A   Detailed Template Line Format
5741
5742The format of each ASCII template line closely follows the format of a
5743FITS keyword record:
5744-
5745  KEYWORD = KEYVALUE / COMMENT
5746-
5747except that free format may be used (e.g., the equals sign may appear
5748at any position in the line) and TAB characters are allowed and are
5749treated the same as space characters.  The KEYVALUE and COMMENT fields
5750are optional.  The equals sign character is also optional, but it is
5751recommended that it be included for clarity.  Any template line that
5752begins with the pound '\#' character is ignored by the template parser
5753and may be use to insert comments into the template file itself.
5754
5755The KEYWORD name field is limited to 8 characters in length and only
5756the letters A-Z, digits 0-9, and the hyphen and underscore characters
5757may be used, without any embedded spaces. Lowercase letters in the
5758template keyword name will be converted to uppercase.  Leading spaces
5759in the template line preceding the keyword name are generally ignored,
5760except if the first 8 characters of a template line are all blank, then
5761the entire line is treated as a FITS comment keyword (with a blank
5762keyword name) and is copied verbatim into the FITS header.
5763
5764The KEYVALUE field may have any allowed  FITS  data type: character
5765string, logical, integer, real, complex integer, or complex real.  Integer
5766values must be within the allowed range of a 'signed long' variable;
5767some C compilers only suppport 4-byte long integers with a range
5768from -2147483648 to +2147483647, whereas other C compilers support 8-byte
5769integers with a range of plus or minus 2**63.
5770
5771The character string values need not be enclosed in single quote characters
5772unless they are necessary to distinguish the string from a different
5773data type (e.g.  2.0 is a real but '2.0' is a string).  The keyword has
5774an undefined (null) value if the template record only contains blanks
5775following the "=" or between the "=" and the "/" comment field
5776delimiter.
5777
5778String keyword values longer than 68 characters (the maximum length
5779that will fit in a single FITS keyword record) are permitted using the
5780CFITSIO long string convention. They can either be specified as a
5781single long line in the template, or by using multiple lines where the
5782continuing lines contain the 'CONTINUE' keyword, as in this example:
5783-
5784  LONGKEY = 'This is a long string value that is contin&'
5785  CONTINUE  'ued over 2 records' / comment field goes here
5786-
5787The format of template lines with CONTINUE keyword is very strict:  3
5788spaces must follow CONTINUE and the rest of the line is copied verbatim
5789to the FITS file.
5790
5791The start of the optional COMMENT field must be preceded by "/", which
5792is used to separate it from the keyword value field. Exceptions are if
5793the KEYWORD name field contains COMMENT, HISTORY, CONTINUE, or if the
5794first 8 characters of the template line are blanks.
5795
5796More than one Header-Data Unit (HDU) may be defined in the template
5797file.  The start of an HDU definition is denoted with a SIMPLE or
5798XTENSION template line:
5799
58001) SIMPLE begins a Primary HDU definition. SIMPLE may only appear as
5801the  first keyword in the template file. If the template file begins
5802with XTENSION instead of SIMPLE, then a default empty Primary HDU is
5803created, and the template is then assumed to define the keywords
5804starting with the first extension following the Primary HDU.
5805
58062) XTENSION marks the beginning of a new extension HDU definition.  The
5807previous HDU will be closed at this point and processing of the next
5808extension begins.
5809
5810**B   Auto-indexing of Keywords
5811
5812If a template keyword name ends with a "\#" character, it is said to be
5813'auto-indexed'.   Each "\#" character will be replaced by the current
5814integer index value, which gets reset = 1 at the start of each new HDU
5815in the file (or 7 in the special case of a GROUP definition).  The
5816FIRST indexed keyword in each template HDU definition is used as the
5817'incrementor';  each subsequent occurrence of this SAME keyword will
5818cause the index value to be incremented.  This behavior can be rather
5819subtle, as illustrated in the following examples in which the TTYPE
5820keyword is the incrementor in both cases:
5821-
5822  TTYPE# = TIME
5823  TFORM# = 1D
5824  TTYPE# = RATE
5825  TFORM# = 1E
5826-
5827will create TTYPE1, TFORM1, TTYPE2, and TFORM2 keywords.  But if the
5828template looks like,
5829-
5830  TTYPE# = TIME
5831  TTYPE# = RATE
5832  TFORM# = 1D
5833  TFORM# = 1E
5834-
5835this results in a FITS files with  TTYPE1, TTYPE2, TFORM2, and TFORM2,
5836which is probably not what was intended!
5837
5838**C   Template Parser Directives
5839
5840In addition to the template lines which define individual keywords, the
5841template parser recognizes 3 special directives which are each preceded
5842by the backslash character:  \verb+ \include, \group+, and \verb+ \end+.
5843
5844The 'include' directive must be followed by a filename. It forces the
5845parser to temporarily stop reading the current template file and begin
5846reading the include file. Once the parser reaches the end of the
5847include file it continues parsing the current template file.  Include
5848files can be nested, and HDU definitions can span multiple template
5849files.
5850
5851The start of a GROUP definition is denoted with the 'group' directive,
5852and the end of a GROUP definition is denoted with the 'end' directive.
5853Each GROUP contains 0 or more member blocks (HDUs or GROUPs). Member
5854blocks of type GROUP can contain their own member blocks. The GROUP
5855definition itself occupies one FITS file HDU of special type (GROUP
5856HDU), so if a template specifies 1 group with 1 member HDU like:
5857-
5858\group
5859grpdescr = 'demo'
5860xtension bintable
5861# this bintable has 0 cols, 0 rows
5862\end
5863-
5864then the parser creates a FITS file with 3 HDUs :
5865-
58661) dummy PHDU
58672) GROUP HDU (has 1 member, which is bintable in HDU number 3)
58683) bintable (member of GROUP in HDU number 2)
5869-
5870Technically speaking, the GROUP HDU is a BINTABLE with 6 columns. Applications
5871can define additional columns in a GROUP HDU using TFORMn and TTYPEn
5872(where n is 7, 8, ....) keywords or their auto-indexing equivalents.
5873
5874For a more complicated example of a template file using the group directives,
5875look at the sample.tpl file that is included in the CFITSIO distribution.
5876
5877**D   Formal Template Syntax
5878
5879The template syntax can formally be defined as follows:
5880-
5881    TEMPLATE = BLOCK [ BLOCK ... ]
5882
5883       BLOCK = { HDU | GROUP }
5884
5885       GROUP = \GROUP [ BLOCK ... ] \END
5886
5887         HDU = XTENSION [ LINE ... ] { XTENSION | \GROUP | \END | EOF }
5888
5889        LINE = [ KEYWORD [ = ] ] [ VALUE ] [ / COMMENT ]
5890
5891    X ...     - X can be present 1 or more times
5892    { X | Y } - X or Y
5893    [ X ]     - X is optional
5894-
5895
5896At the topmost level, the template defines 1 or more template blocks. Blocks
5897can be either HDU (Header Data Unit) or a GROUP. For each block the parser
5898creates 1 (or more for GROUPs) FITS file HDUs.
5899
5900
5901**E   Errors
5902
5903In general the fits\_execute\_template() function tries to be as atomic
5904as possible, so either everything is done or nothing is done. If an
5905error occurs during parsing of the template, fits\_execute\_template()
5906will (try to) delete the top level BLOCK (with all its children if any)
5907in which the error occurred, then it will stop reading the template file
5908and it will return with an error.
5909
5910**F   Examples
5911
59121. This template file will create a 200 x 300 pixel image, with 4-byte
5913integer pixel values, in the primary HDU:
5914-
5915  SIMPLE = T
5916  BITPIX = 32
5917  NAXIS = 2     / number of dimensions
5918  NAXIS1 = 100  / length of first axis
5919  NAXIS2 = 200  / length of second axis
5920  OBJECT = NGC 253 / name of observed object
5921-
5922The allowed values of BITPIX are 8, 16, 32, -32, or -64,
5923representing, respectively, 8-bit integer, 16-bit integer, 32-bit
5924integer, 32-bit floating point, or 64 bit floating point pixels.
5925
59262.  To create a FITS  table, the template first needs to include
5927XTENSION = TABLE or BINTABLE to define whether it is an ASCII or binary
5928table, and NAXIS2 to define the number of rows in the table.  Two
5929template lines are then needed to define the name (TTYPEn) and FITS data
5930format (TFORMn) of the columns, as in this example:
5931-
5932  xtension = bintable
5933  naxis2 = 40
5934  ttype# = Name
5935  tform# = 10a
5936  ttype# = Npoints
5937  tform# = j
5938  ttype# = Rate
5939  tunit# = counts/s
5940  tform# = e
5941-
5942The above example defines a null primary array followed by a 40-row
5943binary table extension with 3 columns called 'Name', 'Npoints', and
5944'Rate', with data formats of '10A' (ASCII character string), '1J'
5945(integer) and '1E' (floating point), respectively.  Note that the other
5946required FITS keywords (BITPIX, NAXIS, NAXIS1, PCOUNT, GCOUNT, TFIELDS,
5947and END) do not need to be explicitly defined in the template because
5948their values can be inferred from the other keywords in the template.
5949This example also illustrates that the templates are generally
5950case-insensitive (the keyword names and TFORMn values are converted to
5951upper-case in the FITS file) and that string keyword values generally
5952do not need to be enclosed in quotes.
5953
5954
5955*IX    Summary of all FITSIO User-Interface Subroutines
5956
5957 Error Status Routines  page~\pageref{FTVERS}
5958-
5959        FTVERS( > version)
5960        FTGERR(status, > errtext)
5961        FTGMSG( > errmsg)
5962        FTRPRT (stream, > status)
5963        FTPMSG(errmsg)
5964        FTPMRK
5965        FTCMSG
5966        FTCMRK
5967-
5968 FITS File Open and Close Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTOPEN}
5969-
5970        FTOPEN(unit,filename,rwmode, > blocksize,status)
5971        FTDKOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > blocksize,status)
5972        FTNOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
5973        FTDOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
5974        FTTOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
5975        FTIOPN(unit,filename,rwmode, > status)
5976        FTREOPEN(unit, > newunit, status)
5977        FTINIT(unit,filename,blocksize, > status)
5978        FTDKINIT(unit,filename,blocksize, > status)
5979        FTTPLT(unit, filename, tplfilename, > status)
5980        FTFLUS(unit, > status)
5981        FTCLOS(unit, > status)
5982        FTDELT(unit, > status)
5983        FTGIOU( > iounit, status)
5984        FTFIOU(iounit, > status)
5985	CFITS2Unit(fitsfile *ptr)   (C routine)
5986        CUnit2FITS(int unit)        (C routine)
5987        FTEXTN(filename, > nhdu, status)
5988        FTFLNM(unit, > filename, status)
5989        FTFLMD(unit, > iomode, status)
5990        FTURLT(unit, > urltype, status)
5991        FTIURL(filename, > filetype, infile, outfile, extspec, filter,
5992               binspec, colspec, status)
5993        FTRTNM(filename, > rootname, status)
5994        FTEXIST(filename, > exist, status)
5995-
5996 HDU-Level Operations: page~\pageref{FTMAHD}
5997-
5998        FTMAHD(unit,nhdu, > hdutype,status)
5999        FTMRHD(unit,nmove, > hdutype,status)
6000        FTGHDN(unit, > nhdu)
6001        FTMNHD(unit, hdutype, extname, extver, > status)
6002        FTGHDT(unit, > hdutype, status)
6003        FTTHDU(unit, > hdunum, status)
6004        FTCRHD(unit, > status)
6005        FTIIMG(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes, > status)
6006        FTITAB(unit,rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
6007               status)
6008        FTIBIN(unit,nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat > status)
6009        FTRSIM(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes,status)
6010        FTDHDU(unit, > hdutype,status)
6011        FTCPFL(iunit,ounit,previous, current, following, > status)
6012        FTCOPY(iunit,ounit,morekeys, > status)
6013        FTCPHD(inunit, outunit, > status)
6014        FTCPDT(iunit,ounit, > status)
6015-
6016 Subroutines to specify or modify the structure of the CHDU: page~\pageref{FTRDEF}
6017-
6018        FTRDEF(unit, > status)  (DEPRECATED)
6019        FTPDEF(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes,pcount,gcount, > status)  (DEPRECATED)
6020        FTADEF(unit,rowlen,tfields,tbcol,tform,nrows > status)  (DEPRECATED)
6021        FTBDEF(unit,tfields,tform,varidat,nrows > status)  (DEPRECATED)
6022        FTDDEF(unit,bytlen, > status)  (DEPRECATED)
6023        FTPTHP(unit,theap, > status)
6024-
6025 Header Space and Position Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTHDEF}
6026-
6027        FTHDEF(unit,morekeys, > status)
6028        FTGHSP(iunit, > keysexist,keysadd,status)
6029        FTGHPS(iunit, > keysexist,key_no,status)
6030-
6031 Read or Write Standard Header Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTPHPR}
6032-
6033        FTPHPS(unit,bitpix,naxis,naxes, > status)
6034        FTPHPR(unit,simple,bitpix,naxis,naxes,pcount,gcount,extend, > status)
6035        FTGHPR(unit,maxdim, > simple,bitpix,naxis,naxes,pcount,gcount,extend,
6036               status)
6037        FTPHTB(unit,rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,extname, >
6038               status)
6039        FTGHTB(unit,maxdim, > rowlen,nrows,tfields,ttype,tbcol,tform,tunit,
6040               extname,status)
6041        FTPHBN(unit,nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat > status)
6042        FTGHBN(unit,maxdim, > nrows,tfields,ttype,tform,tunit,extname,varidat,
6043               status)
6044-
6045 Write Keyword Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTPREC}
6046-
6047        FTPREC(unit,card, > status)
6048        FTPCOM(unit,comment, > status)
6049        FTPHIS(unit,history, > status)
6050        FTPDAT(unit, > status)
6051        FTPKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
6052        FTPKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
6053        FTPKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
6054        FTPLSW(unit, > status)
6055        FTPKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
6056        FTPKN[JKLS](unit,keyroot,startno,no_keys,keyvals,comments, > status)
6057        FTPKN[EDFG](unit,keyroot,startno,no_keys,keyvals,decimals,comments, >
6058                   status)
6059        FTCPKYinunit, outunit, innum, outnum, keyroot, > status)
6060        FTPKYT(unit,keyword,intval,dblval,comment, > status)
6061        FTPKTP(unit, filename, > status)
6062        FTPUNT(unit,keyword,units, > status)
6063-
6064 Insert Keyword Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTIREC}
6065-
6066        FTIREC(unit,key_no,card, > status)
6067        FTIKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
6068        FTIKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
6069        FTIKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
6070        FTIKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
6071-
6072 Read Keyword Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTGREC}
6073-
6074        FTGREC(unit,key_no, > card,status)
6075        FTGKYN(unit,key_no, > keyword,value,comment,status)
6076        FTGCRD(unit,keyword, > card,status)
6077        FTGNXK(unit,inclist,ninc,exclist,nexc, > card,status)
6078        FTGKEY(unit,keyword, > value,comment,status)
6079        FTGKY[EDJKLS](unit,keyword, > keyval,comment,status)
6080        FTGKSL(unit,keyword, > length,status)
6081        FTGSKY(unit,keyword,firstchar,maxchar,> keyval,length,comment,status)
6082        FTGKN[EDJKLS](unit,keyroot,startno,max_keys, > keyvals,nfound,status)
6083        FTGKYT(unit,keyword, > intval,dblval,comment,status)
6084        FTGUNT(unit,keyword, > units,status)
6085-
6086 Modify Keyword Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTMREC}
6087-
6088        FTMREC(unit,key_no,card, > status)
6089        FTMCRD(unit,keyword,card, > status)
6090        FTMNAM(unit,oldkey,keyword, > status)
6091        FTMCOM(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
6092        FTMKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
6093        FTMKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
6094        FTMKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
6095        FTMKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
6096-
6097 Update Keyword Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTUCRD}
6098-
6099        FTUCRD(unit,keyword,card, > status)
6100        FTUKY[JKLS](unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
6101        FTUKLS(unit,keyword,keyval,comment, > status)
6102        FTUKY[EDFG](unit,keyword,keyval,decimals,comment, > status)
6103        FTUKYU(unit,keyword,comment, > status)
6104-
6105 Delete Keyword Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTDREC}
6106-
6107        FTDREC(unit,key_no, > status)
6108        FTDKEY(unit,keyword, > status)
6109-
6110 Define Data Scaling Parameters and Undefined Pixel Flags: page~\pageref{FTPSCL}
6111-
6112        FTPSCL(unit,bscale,bzero, > status)
6113        FTTSCL(unit,colnum,tscal,tzero, > status)
6114        FTPNUL(unit,blank, > status)
6115        FTSNUL(unit,colnum,snull > status)
6116        FTTNUL(unit,colnum,tnull > status)
6117-
6118 FITS Primary Array or IMAGE Extension I/O Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTPPR}
6119-
6120        FTGIDT(unit, > bitpix,status)
6121        FTGIET(unit, > bitpix,status)
6122        FTGIDM(unit, > naxis,status)
6123        FTGISZ(unit, maxdim, > naxes,status)
6124        FTGIPR(unit, maxdim, > bitpix,naxis,naxes,status)
6125        FTPPR[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,values, > status)
6126        FTPPN[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,values,nullval > status)
6127        FTPPRU(unit,group,fpixel,nelements, > status)
6128        FTGPV[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements,nullval, > values,anyf,status)
6129        FTGPF[BIJKED](unit,group,fpixel,nelements, > values,flagvals,anyf,status)
6130        FTPGP[BIJKED](unit,group,fparm,nparm,values, > status)
6131        FTGGP[BIJKED](unit,group,fparm,nparm, > values,status)
6132        FTP2D[BIJKED](unit,group,dim1,naxis1,naxis2,image, > status)
6133        FTP3D[BIJKED](unit,group,dim1,dim2,naxis1,naxis2,naxis3,cube, > status)
6134        FTG2D[BIJKED](unit,group,nullval,dim1,naxis1,naxis2, > image,anyf,status)
6135        FTG3D[BIJKED](unit,group,nullval,dim1,dim2,naxis1,naxis2,naxis3, >
6136                     cube,anyf,status)
6137        FTPSS[BIJKED](unit,group,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,array, > status)
6138        FTGSV[BIJKED](unit,group,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs,nullval, >
6139                     array,anyf,status)
6140        FTGSF[BIJKED](unit,group,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs, >
6141                     array,flagvals,anyf,status)
6142-
6143 Table Column Information Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTGCNO}
6144-
6145        FTGNRW(unit, > nrows, status)
6146        FTGNCL(unit, > ncols, status)
6147        FTGCNO(unit,casesen,coltemplate, > colnum,status)
6148        FTGCNN(unit,casesen,coltemplate, > colnam,colnum,status)
6149        FTGTCL(unit,colnum, > datacode,repeat,width,status)
6150        FTEQTY(unit,colnum, > datacode,repeat,width,status)
6151        FTGCDW(unit,colnum, > dispwidth,status)
6152        FTGACL(unit,colnum, >
6153               ttype,tbcol,tunit,tform,tscal,tzero,snull,tdisp,status)
6154        FTGBCL(unit,colnum, >
6155               ttype,tunit,datatype,repeat,tscal,tzero,tnull,tdisp,status)
6156        FTPTDM(unit,colnum,naxis,naxes, > status)
6157        FTGTDM(unit,colnum,maxdim, > naxis,naxes,status)
6158        FTDTDM(unit,tdimstr,colnum,maxdim, > naxis,naxes, status)
6159        FTGRSZ(unit, > nrows,status)
6160-
6161 Low-Level Table Access Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTGTBS}
6162-
6163        FTGTBS(unit,frow,startchar,nchars, > string,status)
6164        FTPTBS(unit,frow,startchar,nchars,string, > status)
6165        FTGTBB(unit,frow,startchar,nchars, > array,status)
6166        FTPTBB(unit,frow,startchar,nchars,array, > status)
6167-
6168 Edit Rows or Columns page~\pageref{FTIROW}
6169-
6170        FTIROW(unit,frow,nrows, > status)
6171        FTDROW(unit,frow,nrows, > status)
6172        FTDRRG(unit,rowrange, > status)
6173        FTDRWS(unit,rowlist,nrows, > status)
6174        FTICOL(unit,colnum,ttype,tform, > status)
6175        FTICLS(unit,colnum,ncols,ttype,tform, > status)
6176        FTMVEC(unit,colnum,newveclen, > status)
6177        FTDCOL(unit,colnum, > status)
6178        FTCPCL(inunit,outunit,incolnum,outcolnum,createcol, > status);
6179-
6180 Read and Write Column Data Routines page~\pageref{FTPCLS}
6181-
6182        FTPCL[SLBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,values, > status)
6183        FTPCN[BIJKED](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,values,nullval > status)
6184        FTPCLX(unit,colnum,frow,fbit,nbit,lray, > status)
6185        FTPCLU(unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements, > status)
6186        FTGCL(unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements, > values,status)
6187        FTGCV[SBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements,nullval, >
6188                       values,anyf,status)
6189        FTGCF[SLBIJKEDCM](unit,colnum,frow,felem,nelements, >
6190                         values,flagvals,anyf,status)
6191        FTGSV[BIJKED](unit,colnum,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs,nullval, >
6192                     array,anyf,status)
6193        FTGSF[BIJKED](unit,colnum,naxis,naxes,fpixels,lpixels,incs, >
6194                     array,flagvals,anyf,status)
6195        FTGCX(unit,colnum,frow,fbit,nbit, > lray,status)
6196        FTGCX[IJD](unit,colnum,frow,nrows,fbit,nbit, > array,status)
6197        FTGDES(unit,colnum,rownum, > nelements,offset,status)
6198        FTPDES(unit,colnum,rownum,nelements,offset, > status)
6199-
6200 Row Selection and Calculator Routines: page~\pageref{FTFROW}
6201-
6202        FTFROW(unit,expr,firstrow, nrows, > n_good_rows, row_status, status)
6203        FTFFRW(unit, expr, > rownum, status)
6204        FTSROW(inunit, outunit, expr, > status )
6205        FTCROW(unit,datatype,expr,firstrow,nelements,nulval, >
6206             array,anynul,status)
6207        FTCALC(inunit, expr, outunit, parName, parInfo, > status)
6208        FTCALC_RNG(inunit, expr, outunit, parName, parInfo,
6209            nranges, firstrow, lastrow, > status)
6210        FTTEXP(unit, expr, > datatype, nelem, naxis, naxes, status)
6211-
6212 Celestial Coordinate System Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTGICS}
6213-
6214        FTGICS(unit, > xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,coordtype,status)
6215        FTGTCS(unit,xcol,ycol, >
6216               xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,coordtype,status)
6217        FTWLDP(xpix,ypix,xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,
6218                          coordtype, > xpos,ypos,status)
6219        FTXYPX(xpos,ypos,xrval,yrval,xrpix,yrpix,xinc,yinc,rot,
6220                          coordtype, > xpix,ypix,status)
6221-
6222 File Checksum Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTPCKS}
6223-
6224        FTPCKS(unit, > status)
6225        FTUCKS(unit, > status)
6226        FTVCKS(unit, > dataok,hduok,status)
6227        FTGCKS(unit, > datasum,hdusum,status)
6228        FTESUM(sum,complement, > checksum)
6229        FTDSUM(checksum,complement, > sum)
6230
6231-
6232 Time and Date Utility Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTGSDT}
6233-
6234        FTGSDT( > day, month, year, status )
6235        FTGSTM(> datestr, timeref, status)
6236        FTDT2S( year, month, day, > datestr, status)
6237        FTTM2S( year, month, day, hour, minute, second, decimals,
6238                > datestr, status)
6239        FTS2DT(datestr, > year, month, day, status)
6240        FTS2TM(datestr, > year, month, day, hour, minute, second, status)
6241-
6242 General Utility Subroutines: page~\pageref{FTGHAD}
6243-
6244        FTGHAD(unit, > curaddr,nextaddr)
6245        FTUPCH(string)
6246        FTCMPS(str_template,string,casesen, > match,exact)
6247        FTTKEY(keyword, > status)
6248        FTTREC(card, > status)
6249        FTNCHK(unit, > status)
6250        FTGKNM(unit, > keyword, keylength, status)
6251        FTMKKY(keyword, value,comment, > card, status)
6252        FTPSVC(card, > value,comment,status)
6253        FTKEYN(keyroot,seq_no, > keyword,status)
6254        FTNKEY(seq_no,keyroot, > keyword,status)
6255        FTDTYP(value, > dtype,status)
6256        class = FTGKCL(card)
6257        FTASFM(tform, > datacode,width,decimals,status)
6258        FTBNFM(tform, > datacode,repeat,width,status)
6259        FTGABC(tfields,tform,space, > rowlen,tbcol,status)
6260        FTGTHD(template, > card,hdtype,status)
6261        FTRWRG(rowlist, maxrows, maxranges, > numranges, rangemin,
6262               rangemax, status)
6263-
6264
6265*X.   Parameter Definitions
6266-
6267anyf - (logical) set to TRUE if any of the returned data values are undefined
6268array - (any datatype except character) array of bytes to be read or written.
6269bitpix - (integer) bits per pixel: 8, 16, 32, -32, or -64
6270blank - (integer) value used for undefined pixels in integer primary array
6271blank - (integer*8) value used for undefined pixels in integer primary array
6272blocksize - (integer) 2880-byte logical record blocking factor
6273          (if 0 < blocksize < 11) or the actual block size in bytes
6274          (if 10 < blocksize < 28800).  As of version 3.3 of FITSIO,
6275          blocksizes greater than 2880 are no longer supported.
6276bscale - (double precision) scaling factor for the primary array
6277bytlen - (integer) length of the data unit, in bytes
6278bzero - (double precision) zero point for primary array scaling
6279card - (character*80) header record to be read or written
6280casesen - (logical) will string matching be case sensitive?
6281checksum - (character*16) encoded checksum string
6282colname - (character) ASCII name of the column
6283colnum - (integer) number of the column (first column = 1)
6284coltemplate - (character) template string to be matched to column names
6285comment - (character) the keyword comment field
6286comments - (character array) keyword comment fields
6287compid - (integer) the type of computer that the program is running on
6288complement - (logical) should the checksum be complemented?
6289coordtype - (character) type of coordinate projection (-SIN, -TAN, -ARC,
6290          -NCP, -GLS, -MER, or -AIT)
6291cube - 3D data cube of the appropriate datatype
6292curaddr - (integer) starting address (in bytes) of the CHDU
6293current - (integer) if not equal to 0, copy the current HDU
6294datacode - (integer) symbolic code of the binary table column datatype
6295dataok - (integer) was the data unit verification successful (=1) or
6296         not (= -1).  Equals zero if the DATASUM keyword is not present.
6297datasum - (double precision) 32-bit 1's complement checksum for the data unit
6298datatype - (character) datatype (format) of the binary table column
6299datestr  - (string) FITS date/time string: 'YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.ddd',
6300           'YYYY-MM-dd', or 'dd/mm/yy'
6301day - (integer) current day of the month
6302dblval - (double precision) fractional part of the keyword value
6303decimals - (integer) number of decimal places to be displayed
6304dim1 - (integer) actual size of the first dimension of the image or cube array
6305dim2 - (integer) actual size of the second dimension of the cube array
6306dispwidth - (integer) - the display width (length of string) for a column
6307dtype - (character) datatype of the keyword ('C', 'L', 'I',  or 'F')
6308                C = character string
6309                L = logical
6310                I = integer
6311                F = floating point number
6312errmsg - (character*80) oldest error message on the internal stack
6313errtext - (character*30) descriptive error message corresponding to error number
6314casesen - (logical) true if column name matching is case sensitive
6315exact - (logical) do the strings match exactly, or were wildcards used?
6316exclist  (character array) list of names to be excluded from search
6317exists   - flag indicating whether the file or compressed file exists on disk
6318extend - (logical) true if there may be extensions following the primary data
6319extname - (character) value of the EXTNAME keyword (if not blank)
6320fbit - (integer) first bit in the field to be read or written
6321felem - (integer) first pixel of the element vector (ignored for ASCII tables)
6322filename - (character) name of the FITS file
6323flagvals - (logical array) True if corresponding data element is undefined
6324following - (integer) if not equal to 0, copy all following HDUs in the input file
6325fparm - (integer) sequence number of the first group parameter to read or write
6326fpixel - (integer) the first pixel position
6327fpixels - (integer array) the first included pixel in each dimension
6328frow - (integer) beginning row number (first row of table = 1)
6329frowll - (integer*8) beginning row number (first row of table = 1)
6330gcount - (integer) value of the GCOUNT keyword (usually = 1)
6331group - (integer) sequence number of the data group (=0 for non-grouped data)
6332hdtype - (integer) header record type: -1=delete;  0=append or replace;
6333                   1=append; 2=this is the END keyword
6334hduok - (integer) was the HDU verification successful (=1) or
6335         not (= -1).  Equals zero if the CHECKSUM keyword is not present.
6336hdusum - (double precision) 32 bit 1's complement checksum for the entire CHDU
6337hdutype - (integer) type of HDU: 0 = primary array or IMAGE, 1 = ASCII table,
6338                   2 = binary table, -1 = any HDU type or unknown type
6339history - (character) the HISTORY keyword comment string
6340hour - (integer) hour from 0 - 23
6341image - 2D image of the appropriate datatype
6342inclist  (character array) list of names to be included in search
6343incs - (integer array) sampling interval for pixels in each FITS dimension
6344intval - (integer) integer part of the keyword value
6345iounit - (integer) value of an unused I/O unit number
6346iunit - (integer) logical unit number associated with the input FITS file, 1-300
6347key_no - (integer) sequence number (starting with 1) of the keyword record
6348keylength - (integer) length of the keyword name
6349keyroot - (character) root string for the keyword name
6350keysadd -(integer) number of new keyword records which can fit in the CHU
6351keysexist - (integer) number of existing keyword records in the CHU
6352keyval - value of the keyword in the appropriate datatype
6353keyvals - (array) value of the keywords in the appropriate datatype
6354keyword - (character*8) name of a keyword
6355lray - (logical array) array of logical values corresponding to the bit array
6356lpixels - (integer array) the last included pixel in each dimension
6357match - (logical) do the 2 strings match?
6358maxdim - (integer) dimensioned size of the NAXES, TTYPE, TFORM or TUNIT arrays
6359max_keys - (integer) maximum number of keywords to search for
6360minute - (integer) minute of an hour (0 - 59)
6361month - (integer) current month of the year (1 - 12)
6362morekeys - (integer) will leave space in the header for this many more keywords
6363naxes - (integer array) size of each dimension in the FITS array
6364naxesll - (integer*8 array) size of each dimension in the FITS array
6365naxis - (integer) number of dimensions in the FITS array
6366naxis1 - (integer) length of the X/first axis of the FITS array
6367naxis2 - (integer) length of the Y/second axis of the FITS array
6368naxis3 - (integer) length of the Z/third axis of the FITS array
6369nbit - (integer) number of bits in the field to read or write
6370nchars - (integer) number of characters to read and return
6371ncols - (integer) number of columns
6372nelements - (integer) number of data elements to read or write
6373nelementsll - (integer*8) number of data elements to read or write
6374nexc   (integer)  number of names in the exclusion list (may = 0)
6375nhdu - (integer) absolute number of the HDU (1st HDU = 1)
6376ninc   (integer)  number of names in the inclusion list
6377nmove - (integer) number of HDUs to move (+ or -), relative to current position
6378nfound - (integer) number of keywords found (highest keyword number)
6379no_keys - (integer) number of keywords to write in the sequence
6380nparm - (integer) number of group parameters to read or write
6381nrows - (integer) number of rows in the table
6382nrowsll - (integer*8) number of rows in the table
6383nullval - value to represent undefined pixels, of the appropriate datatype
6384nextaddr - (integer) starting address (in bytes) of the HDU following the CHDU
6385offset - (integer) byte offset in the heap to the first element of the array
6386offsetll - (integer*8) byte offset in the heap to the first element of the array
6387oldkey - (character) old name of keyword to be modified
6388ounit - (integer) logical unit number associated with the output FITS file 1-300
6389pcount - (integer) value of the PCOUNT keyword (usually = 0)
6390previous - (integer) if not equal to 0, copy all previous HDUs in the input file
6391repeat - (integer) length of element vector (e.g. 12J); ignored for ASCII table
6392rot - (double precision) celestial coordinate rotation angle (degrees)
6393rowlen - (integer) length of a table row, in characters or bytes
6394rowlenll - (integer*8) length of a table row, in characters or bytes
6395rowlist - (integer array) list of row numbers to be deleted in increasing order
6396rownum - (integer) number of the row (first row = 1)
6397rowrange- (string) list of rows or row ranges to be deleted
6398rwmode - (integer) file access mode: 0 = readonly, 1 = readwrite
6399second   (double)- second within minute (0 - 60.9999999999) (leap second!)
6400seq_no - (integer) the sequence number to append to the keyword root name
6401simple - (logical) does the FITS file conform to all the FITS standards
6402snull - (character) value used to represent undefined values in ASCII table
6403space - (integer) number of blank spaces to leave between ASCII table columns
6404startchar - (integer) first character in the row to be read
6405startno - (integer) value of the first keyword sequence number (usually 1)
6406status - (integer) returned error status code (0 = OK)
6407str_template (character) template string to be matched to reference string
6408stream - (character) output stream for the report: either 'STDOUT' or 'STDERR'
6409string - (character) character string
6410sum - (double precision) 32 bit unsigned checksum value
6411tbcol - (integer array) column number of the first character in the field(s)
6412tdisp - (character) Fortran type display format for the table column
6413template-(character) template string for a FITS header record
6414tfields - (integer) number of fields (columns) in the table
6415tform - (character array) format of the column(s); allowed values are:
6416         For ASCII tables:  Iw, Aw, Fww.dd, Eww.dd, or Dww.dd
6417         For binary tables: rL, rX, rB, rI, rJ, rA, rAw, rE, rD, rC, rM
6418         where 'w'=width of the field, 'd'=no. of decimals, 'r'=repeat count
6419         Note that the 'rAw' form is non-standard extension to the
6420         TFORM keyword syntax that is not specifically defined in the
6421         Binary Tables definition document.
6422theap - (integer) zero indexed byte offset of starting address of the heap
6423         relative to the beginning of the binary table data
6424tnull - (integer) value used to represent undefined values in binary table
6425tnullll - (integer*8) value used to represent undefined values in binary table
6426ttype - (character array) label for table column(s)
6427tscal - (double precision) scaling factor for table column
6428tunit - (character array) physical unit for table column(s)
6429tzero - (double precision) scaling zero point for table column
6430unit  - (integer) logical unit number associated with the FITS file (1-300)
6431units - (character) the keyword units string (e.g., 'km/s')
6432value - (character) the keyword value string
6433values - array of data values of the appropriate datatype
6434varidat - (integer) size in bytes of the 'variable length data area'
6435           following the binary table data (usually = 0)
6436version - (real) current revision number of the library
6437width - (integer) width of the character string field
6438xcol - (integer) number of the column containing the X coordinate values
6439xinc - (double precision) X axis coordinate increment at reference pixel (deg)
6440xpix - (double precision) X axis pixel location
6441xpos - (double precision) X axis celestial coordinate (usually RA) (deg)
6442xrpix - (double precision) X axis reference pixel array location
6443xrval - (double precision) X axis coordinate value at the reference pixel (deg)
6444ycol - (integer) number of the column containing the X coordinate values
6445year - (integer) last 2 digits of the year (00 - 99)
6446yinc - (double precision) Y axis coordinate increment at reference pixel (deg)
6447ypix - (double precision) y axis pixel location
6448ypos - (double precision) y axis celestial coordinate (usually DEC) (deg)
6449yrpix - (double precision) Y axis reference pixel array location
6450yrval - (double precision) Y axis coordinate value at the reference pixel (deg)
6451-
6452
6453*XI.    FITSIO Error Status Codes
6454-
6455Status codes in the range -99 to -999  and 1 to 999 are reserved for future
6456FITSIO use.
6457
6458  0  OK, no error
6459101  input and output files are the same
6460103  too many FITS files open at once; all internal buffers full
6461104  error opening existing file
6462105  error creating new FITS file; (does a file with this name already exist?)
6463106  error writing record to FITS file
6464107  end-of-file encountered while reading record from FITS file
6465108  error reading record from file
6466110  error closing FITS file
6467111  internal array dimensions exceeded
6468112  Cannot modify file with readonly access
6469113  Could not allocate memory
6470114  illegal logical unit number; must be between 1 - 300, inclusive
6471115  NULL input pointer to routine
6472116  error seeking position in file
6473
6474121  invalid URL prefix on file name
6475122  tried to register too many IO drivers
6476123  driver initialization failed
6477124  matching driver is not registered
6478125  failed to parse input file URL
6479126  parse error in range list
6480
6481151  bad argument in shared memory driver
6482152  null pointer passed as an argument
6483153  no more free shared memory handles
6484154  shared memory driver is not initialized
6485155  IPC error returned by a system call
6486156  no memory in shared memory driver
6487157  resource deadlock would occur
6488158  attempt to open/create lock file failed
6489159  shared memory block cannot be resized at the moment
6490
6491
6492201  header not empty; can't write required keywords
6493202  specified keyword name was not found in the header
6494203  specified header record number is out of bounds
6495204  keyword value field is blank
6496205  keyword value string is missing the closing quote character
6497206  illegal indexed keyword name (e.g. 'TFORM1000')
6498207  illegal character in keyword name or header record
6499208  keyword does not have expected name. Keyword out of sequence?
6500209  keyword does not have expected integer value
6501210  could not find the required END header keyword
6502211  illegal BITPIX keyword value
6503212  illegal NAXIS keyword value
6504213  illegal NAXISn keyword value: must be 0 or positive integer
6505214  illegal PCOUNT keyword value
6506215  illegal GCOUNT keyword value
6507216  illegal TFIELDS keyword value
6508217  negative ASCII or binary table width value (NAXIS1)
6509218  negative number of rows in ASCII or binary table (NAXIS2)
6510219  column name (TTYPE keyword) not found
6511220  illegal SIMPLE keyword value
6512221  could not find the required SIMPLE header keyword
6513222  could not find the required BITPIX header keyword
6514223  could not find the required NAXIS header keyword
6515224  could not find all the required NAXISn keywords in the header
6516225  could not find the required XTENSION header keyword
6517226  the CHDU is not an ASCII table extension
6518227  the CHDU is not a binary table extension
6519228  could not find the required PCOUNT header keyword
6520229  could not find the required GCOUNT header keyword
6521230  could not find the required TFIELDS header keyword
6522231  could not find all the required TBCOLn keywords in the header
6523232  could not find all the required TFORMn keywords in the header
6524233  the CHDU is not an IMAGE extension
6525234  illegal TBCOL keyword value; out of range
6526235  this operation only allowed for ASCII or BINARY table extension
6527236  column is too wide to fit within the specified width of the ASCII table
6528237  the specified column name template matched more than one column name
6529241  binary table row width is not equal to the sum of the field widths
6530251  unrecognizable type of FITS extension
6531252  unrecognizable FITS record
6532253  END keyword contains non-blank characters in columns 9-80
6533254  Header fill area contains non-blank characters
6534255  Data fill area contains non-blank on non-zero values
6535261  unable to parse the TFORM keyword value string
6536262  unrecognizable TFORM datatype code
6537263  illegal TDIMn keyword value
6538
6539301  illegal HDU number; less than 1 or greater than internal buffer size
6540302  column number out of range (1 - 999)
6541304  attempt to move to negative file record number
6542306  attempted to read or write a negative number of bytes in the FITS file
6543307  illegal starting row number for table read or write operation
6544308  illegal starting element number for table read or write operation
6545309  attempted to read or write character string in non-character table column
6546310  attempted to read or write logical value in non-logical table column
6547311  illegal ASCII table TFORM format code for attempted operation
6548312  illegal binary table TFORM format code for attempted operation
6549314  value for undefined pixels has not been defined
6550317  attempted to read or write descriptor in a non-descriptor field
6551320  number of array dimensions out of range
6552321  first pixel number is greater than the last pixel number
6553322  attempt to set BSCALE or TSCALn scaling parameter = 0
6554323  illegal axis length less than 1
6555
6556340 NOT_GROUP_TABLE 340   Grouping function error
6557341 HDU_ALREADY_MEMBER
6558342 MEMBER_NOT_FOUND
6559343 GROUP_NOT_FOUND
6560344 BAD_GROUP_ID
6561345 TOO_MANY_HDUS_TRACKED
6562346 HDU_ALREADY_TRACKED
6563347 BAD_OPTION
6564348 IDENTICAL_POINTERS
6565349 BAD_GROUP_ATTACH
6566350 BAD_GROUP_DETACH
6567
6568360 NGP_NO_MEMORY              malloc failed
6569361 NGP_READ_ERR               read error from file
6570362 NGP_NUL_PTR                null pointer passed as an argument.
6571                                 Passing null pointer as a name of
6572                                 template file raises this error
6573363 NGP_EMPTY_CURLINE          line read seems to be empty (used
6574                                 internally)
6575364 NGP_UNREAD_QUEUE_FULL      cannot unread more then 1 line (or single
6576                                 line twice)
6577365 NGP_INC_NESTING            too deep include file nesting (infinite
6578                                 loop, template includes itself ?)
6579366 NGP_ERR_FOPEN              fopen() failed, cannot open template file
6580367 NGP_EOF                    end of file encountered and not expected
6581368 NGP_BAD_ARG                bad arguments passed. Usually means
6582                                 internal parser error. Should not happen
6583369 NGP_TOKEN_NOT_EXPECT       token not expected here
6584
6585401  error attempting to convert an integer to a formatted character string
6586402  error attempting to convert a real value to a formatted character string
6587403  cannot convert a quoted string keyword to an integer
6588404  attempted to read a non-logical keyword value as a logical value
6589405  cannot convert a quoted string keyword to a real value
6590406  cannot convert a quoted string keyword to a double precision value
6591407  error attempting to read character string as an integer
6592408  error attempting to read character string as a real value
6593409  error attempting to read character string as a double precision value
6594410  bad keyword datatype code
6595411  illegal number of decimal places while formatting floating point value
6596412  numerical overflow during implicit datatype conversion
6597413  error compressing image
6598414  error uncompressing image
6599420  error in date or time conversion
6600
6601431  syntax error in parser expression
6602432  expression did not evaluate to desired type
6603433  vector result too large to return in array
6604434  data parser failed not sent an out column
6605435  bad data encounter while parsing column
6606436  parse error: output file not of proper type
6607
6608501  celestial angle too large for projection
6609502  bad celestial coordinate or pixel value
6610503  error in celestial coordinate calculation
6611504  unsupported type of celestial projection
6612505  required celestial coordinate keywords not found
6613506  approximate wcs keyword values were returned
6614-
6615\end{document}
6616